micromaster

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters 0.12 kW to 250 kW

Catalog DA 51.2 • 2005/2006

Related catalogs

SINAMICS G110 D 11.1 Converter Chassis Units 0.12 kW (0.16 HP) to 3 kW (4 HP) Order No.: German: E86060-K5511-A111-A2 English: E86060-K5511-A111-A2-7600 SINAMICS G130 D 11 Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Converter Cabinet Units Order No.: German: E86060-K5511-A101-A3 English: E86060-K5511-A101-A3-7600 MICROMASTER/COMBIMASTER DA 51.3 MICROMASTER 411 Inverters Distributed Drive Solutions COMBIMASTER 411 Order No.: German: E86060-K5251-A131-A2 English: E86060-K5251-A131-A2-7600 Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives Part 6: Distributed I/Os ET 200 Frequency Converter ET 200S FC Order No.: E86060-K6710-A101-B4-7600 IK PI

Catalog CA 01 – SD configurator selection aid The SD configurator selection aid will be available in combination with the CA 01 electronic catalog.

Low-Voltage Motors

M 11

Order No.: German: E86060-K1711-A101-A3 English: E86060-K1711-A101-A3-7600 Geared Motors Helical, Flat, Bevel-helical, Helical-worm and Worm Geared Motors Order No.: E86060-K1715-A101-A5 (available in German only) M 15

On CD 2 of the selection and configuration aids you will find the SD configurator for low-voltage motors, MICROMASTER 4 inverters, inverter chassis units SINAMICS G110 and frequency converters for distributed I/Os SIMATIC ET 200S FC including: • Dimension drawing generator for motors • Data sheet generator for motors • Starting calculation • 3D models in .stp format • Extensive documentation Hardware and software requirements • PC with Pentium II or comparable processor • Operating systems – Windows 98/ME – Windows 2000 – Windows XP – Windows NT (Service Pack 5 upwards) • Minimum of 128 RAM • 1024 x 768 graphics with more than 256 colors / small fonts • CD-ROM drive • Windows-compatible sound card • Windows-compatible mouse Installation You can install this catalog directly from the CD-ROM as a complete or partial version on your hard disk or in the network.

Catalog CA 01 CA 01 The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives Order No.: CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A100-C4 (Germ.) CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600 (Engl.) DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C4 (Germ.)

A&D Mall

Hotline: For technical advice and hotline support concerning our CA 01 catalog: Tel.: +49 (0) 180 50 50 22 2

Internet: http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

E-Mail: adsupport@siemens.com

Trademarks
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters 0.12 kW to 250 kW Catalog DA 51.2 2005/2006
Supersedes: Catalog DA 51.2 · 2003/2004 The products in this catalog are also included in the CD-ROM catalog CA 01. Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600 (CD-ROM) Contact your local Siemens representative for further information © Siemens AG 2005

Overview

Welcome to Automation and Drives Selection guide MICROMASTER inverters Overview of options

0

MICROMASTER 410 “The low-priced”

0.12 kW to 0.75 kW

1

MICROMASTER 420 “The universal”

0.12 kW to 11 kW

2

MICROMASTER 430 “The specialist for pumps and fans”

7.5 kW to 250 kW

3
The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration No. 000357 QM) and DIN EN ISO 14001 (Certified Registration No. 081342 UM and EMS 57390). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.

MICROMASTER 440 “The all-purpose”

0.12 kW to 250 kW

4

Appendix

s

Certificates/Standards Demonstration case/ Training Overview of motors and inverters Siemens contacts Online services Service & Support Conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations

A

solutions and services for production and process automation and building technology worldwide.2 · 2005/2006 . we deliver solution platforms based on standards that offer you a considerable savings potential. please contact one of your regional Siemens partners.Bedingter Text Ein-/Ausblenden Welcome to Automation and Drives We would like to welcome you to Automation and Drives and our comprehensive range of products.Sprachumschaltung über Spezial . Discover the world of our technology now. With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally Integrated Power. systems. 0/2 Siemens DA 51. If you need more detailed information. They will be glad to assist you.

2 · 2005/2006 0/3 .Siemens DA 51.

Whether your industry is process.from receiving to technical processing ERP Enterprise Resource Planning Ethernet MES Manufacturing Execution Systems Production Order Management Ethernet Material Management Production Operations Recording Equipment Management Control SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication SINAUT Telecontrol System SIMATIC Machine Vision SIMATIC Software Industrial Industrial Ethernet Ethernet Safety Integrated Industrial Wireless Communication/ MOBIC PROCESS FIELD PROFIBUS PC-based Automation AS-Interface Building Technology GAMMA instabus Micro-Automation and Actuator-Sensor Interface Level ECOFAST IP65 Distributed Automation System 0/4 Siemens DA 51. we were the first ones on the market to consistently implement the trend from equipment to an integrated automation solution.2 · 2005/2006 . Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the entire production line . Totally Integrated Automation is a unique “common solution” platform that covers all the sectors. and have continuously improved the system ever since.and production-oriented or a hybrid.Totally Integrated Automation – innovations for more productivity With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation.

and production areas to shipping.2 · 2005/2006 0/5 . to this day we are the only company worldwide that can offer a control system based on an integrated platform for both the production and process industry. Plant Information Management Production Modeler Product Specification Management System SIMATIC IT Framework Detailed Production Scheduling Laboratory Information Management System SIMATIC Controller/ Automation System SENTRON CircuitBreakers SIMATIC Distributed I/O SINUMERIK Numeric Control SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System SIMOTION Motion Control System SIMATIC HMI Human Machine Interface Process Instrumentation and Analytics HART SIWAREX Weighing Technology Sensor Technology IQ-Sense SIMOCODE pro Motor Management System PROFIBUS PA SIMODRIVE SINAMICS Drive Systems/ SINAMICS Siemens DA 51. open communications as well as intelligent diagnostics options. Thanks to the systemoriented engineering environment. In fact. integrated. your plant now benefits in every phase of the life cycle.

e.410/420/430/440 MICROMASTER® 410/420/430/440 0 Overview ■ Selection guide MICROMASTER 410 Main characteristics MICROMASTER 420 “The universal” for three-phase networks and optional fieldbus interfacing.2 · 2005/2006 Section 2 . gate drives and automatic machines Power ranges Voltage ranges 0.g. fans and machine tools 0. SIMATIC S7-300/400 (TIA) or SIMOTION • BICO technology • Compound braking for controlled rapid braking “The low-priced” for variable speeds with three-phase motors on single-phase networks.g. fans. for conveyor belts. material transport. with pumps.12 kW to 0. pumps. contactors) • Variant with flat plate heatsink Process control Inputs Outputs Interfacing to automation system Additional features Section 1 0/6 Siemens DA 51. e.12 kW to 11 kW 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 380 V to 480 V • V/f characteristic • Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) • FCC (flux current control) Internal PI controller 3 digital inputs 1 analog input 1 analog output 1 relay output The ideal partner for your automation tasks. barriers.g.75 kW 1 AC 100 V to 120 V 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Control methods • V/f characteristic • Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) • FCC (flux current control) – 3 digital inputs 1 analog input 1 relay output The PLC partner for LOGO! and SIMATIC S7-200 • Natural ventilation (no fan unit) • Position of connections as with conventional switching elements (e. billboards. whether with SIMATIC S7-200.

SIMATIC S7-300/400 (TIA) or SIMOTION • Low-energy mode • Load torque monitoring (detects dry run of pumps) • Motor staging • Bypass mode • BICO technology Section 3 Section 4 Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 0/7 .MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Overview 0 MICROMASTER 430 “The specialist for pumps and fans” with optimized OP (manual/automatic switchover). matched software functionality and optimized power yield MICROMASTER 440 “The all-purpose” with advanced vector control (with and without encoder feedback) for versatile applications in sectors such as conveying systems.5 kW to 250 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V • V/f characteristic • Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) • FCC (flux current control) Internal PID controller 6 digital inputs 2 analog inputs 1 PTC/KTY input 2 analog outputs 3 relay outputs The ideal partner for your automation tasks. whether with SIMATIC S7-200. textiles. elevators. hoisting equipment and machine construction 0. SIMATIC S7-300/400 (TIA) or SIMOTION • • • • 3 selectable drive data kits Integrated brake chopper (up to 75 kW) Torque control BICO technology 7.12 kW to 250 kW 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 500 V to 600 V • V/f characteristic • Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) • FCC (flux current control) • Vector control Internal PID controller (autotuning) 6 digital inputs 2 analog inputs 1 PTC/KTY input 2 analog outputs 3 relay outputs The ideal partner for your automation tasks. whether with SIMATIC S7-200.

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 0 Overview ■ Options Various options are available for the MICROMASTER inverters: ■ Filters ■ Chokes ■ Operator panels ■ PROFIBUS module ■ DeviceNet module ■ CANopen module ■ Pulse encoder evaluation module ■ Gland plates ■ Mounting kits.2 · 2005/2006 . Assignment of operator panels and modules to the inverter ranges Options Order No. etc. 410 MICROMASTER 420 430 440 Operator panels OP BOP BOP-2 AOP AAOP 6SE6400-0SP00-0AA0 6SE6400-0BP00-0AA0 6SE6400-0BE00-0AA0 6SE6400-0AP00-0AA1 6SE6400-0AP00-0AB0 % % % % % % % % Modules PROFIBUS DeviceNet CANopen Pulse encoder evaluation 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 6SE6400-0EN00-0AA0 % % % % Possible combination % % % % % % % % OP/BOP BOP-2 AOP AAOP Operator panels PROFIBUS DeviceNet CANopen Pulse encoder evaluation Modules 0/8 Siemens DA 51.

2 · 2005/2006 1/1 .Inverter MICROMASTER 410 1/2 1/4 1/6 1/7 1/8 1/10 Description Circuit diagrams Technical data Selection and ordering data Options Dimension drawings 1 Siemens DA 51.

It is especially suitable for use with pumps and fans.MICROMASTER 410 Description 1 Inverter Frame size AA Inverter Frame size AB Inverter with flat heat sink ■ Application The MICROMASTER 410 inverter is suitable for a variety of variable-speed drive applications. ■ Main characteristics ■ Simple selection from mini- ■ Options (overview) ■ Line commutating chokes ■ Adapter for standardized ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ mum range of types (only a few options) Compact design Natural cooling with heat sinks (no fan unit) Simple connection similar to conventional switching elements (e. ■ International standards ■ The MICROMASTER 410 inverter complies with the requirements of the EU lowvoltage guideline ■ The MICROMASTER 410 inverter has the > marking ■ u and cu listed (not for versions with flat heat sinks) ✔ ■ c-tick ● Note: See Appendix for standards.2 · 2005/2006 . Heatsinks provide natural cooling for the inverter. 1/2 Siemens DA 51. 250 V AC/2A inductive load) Low-noise motor operation resulting from high pulse frequency Integrated protection for motor and inverter. factory gate and garage door drives and as a universal drive for moving billboards. It is the ideal low-cost frequency inverter solution for the lowend performance range of the MICROMASTER product family. The position of the connections has been selected as for conventional contactors. ■ Design The MICROMASTER 410 inverter has a compact design. simple commissioning with input of only a few parameters (fast commissioning mode) Integrated RS-485 communications interface Three programmable digital inputs. contactors) Versions with internal EMC filter Class B Fast. non-floating (the analog input can be used as a fourth binary input) One analog input (0 V to 10 V) One programmable relay output (30 V DC/5 A resistive load.g. The design with flat plate heatsink offers space-saving and favorable heat dissipation since an additional heatsink can be installed outside the control cabinet. as a drive in various sectors. e. food. mounting on DIN rails ■ OP (Operator Panel) for user-friendly parameterization of an inverter ■ Connection kit for PC to inverter ■ PC startup program. The operator panel available as an option can be easily fitted without requiring any tools. A fan unit is not used.g. Versions for connecting to 230 V and 115 V single-phase networks enable it to be used all over the world. textile and packaging industries as well as for conveyor systems. The inverter is especially characterized by its customer-oriented performance and easeof-use.

cycle time 300 s Overvoltage/undervoltage protection Inverter overtemperature protection Earth fault protection Short-circuit protection I2t motor thermal protection Stall prevention.e. 1 Siemens DA 51.85 x rated output current for 240 s. then 0. optional operator panels Screwless control terminals Side mounting possible. thus also usable with low cabinet depth. with programmable voltage boosting Quadratic V/f characteristic Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) Flying restart Automatic restart after mains failure or fault Programmable ramp generator (0 s to 650 s) with possible rounding Fast current limit (FCL) for trip-free operation ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ put response time Exact setpoint specification using a high-resolution 10-bit analog input One skip frequency range Removable Y cap for use in IT systems Serial RS-485 interface with USS protocol LED for status information Versions with internal EMC filter Class B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ed output current (i. mains and motor connections are separated for optimal electromagnetic compatibility and clear connection Detachable.2 · 2005/2006 1/3 . ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ control Linear V/f characteristic. repeatable digital in■ ■ Protection features ■ Overload current 1.MICROMASTER 410 Description ■ Mechanical features ■ Compact design ■ Heat dissipation through ■ ■ Performance features ■ Latest IGBT technology ■ Digital microprocessor ■ ■ Fast.5 x rat- ■ ■ ■ ■ self-ventilation (convection) Operating temperature –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) Easy cable connection.150 % overload capability) for 60 s.

MICROMASTER 410 Circuit diagrams ■ General circuit diagram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iemens DA 51. 1 . + + 2 7 . + .2 · 2005/2006 . ? H= = @ @ EJE = @ EC EJ= E F K J .

2 · 2005/2006 1/5 .MICROMASTER 410 Circuit diagrams ■ Terminal connection diagram Mains connections 1 View A Motor connections View A A DA51-5035a Output relay RL1 RL1-B 11 12 RL1-C Output relay contacts DIN1 1 DIN2 2 DIN3 3 +24V 4 0V 5 +10V 6 AIN+ 7 0V 8 P+ 9 N10 (USS protocol) Analog input Voltage supply 10 V RS-485 Digital inputs Voltage supply 24 V Siemens DA 51.

programmable.3 3.2 3.9 4. cycle time 300 s Not higher than rated input current Linear V/f characteristic. 115 V (at 50 °C/122 °F) 0.6 3. programmable 10 bit analog/0.2 2.8 1. SIMATIC-compatible 1.0 2.37 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink) 1.9 1.7 2.7 2.2 3. then 0.8 12 kHz 0. earth faults.25 0.3 2. 50 Hz.55.0 3.6 1.7 1.0 2.MICROMASTER 410 Technical data ■ MICROMASTER 410 inverter Input voltages and power ranges Power frequency Output frequency Power factor Inverter efficiency Overload capability 1 AC 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 0.7 The current data apply to an ambient temperature of 50 °C/122 °F unless specified otherwise.9 3.6 4.0 16 kHz 0.12 to 0. for setpoint (0 V to 10 V.2 K/W (with 0. overload.7 1.85 x rated output current for 240 s.9 3.2 3.7 2.6 2. 115 V (at 40 °C/104 °F) 0. Class B) DC braking. I2t motor thermal protection.4 14 kHz 0.e. 50 m (unshielded) Inverter available with internal EMC filter to EN 61 800-3 (defined limits to EN 55 011.3 2.9 1.2 3. for operation with USS protocol Max. 1/6 Siemens DA 51.0 0.9 1.95 90 % to 95 % Overload current 1.55 kW 47 to 63 Hz 0 Hz to 650 Hz ˜ 0.7 2.8 1.5 x rated output current (i.37 0. quadratic V/f characteristic.2 10 kHz 0. programmable 1.8 K/W (with 0.5 2. non-floating.55. approx.75 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink) 1. inverter overtemperature 20 W (with 0.2 · 2005/2006 .9 2. multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) 8 kHz (standard)/2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) 3.12 to 0.5 2.5 2.3 3.2 3.75 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink) u.2 3.2 8 kHz 0.9 0. 30 m (shielded)/max.37 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink 175 x 69 x 102 0.75 kW 1 AC 100 V to 120 V ± 10 % 0.3 2.1 1.37 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink) 34 W (with 0. overvoltage.75 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink 175 x 69 x 102 1 Precharge current Control method Pulse frequency Fixed frequencies Skip frequency ranges Setpoint resolution Digital inputs Analog input Relay outputs Serial interface Motor cable lengths Electromagnetic compatibility Braking Degree of protection Operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity Site altitude Protection features for Typical power losses (heatsink) at full load and maximum operating temperature as specified Line-side and control electronics losses (at 230 V.3 2.9 3.2 4. c-tick ● Conformity with low-voltage directive 73/23/EC Frame size (FS) H x W x D (mm) AA 150 x 69 x 118 AB 150 x 69 x 138 0.55 0. 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load). (kg) 0.3 1.8 ■ Derating data Pulse frequency Output kW 0.75 (at 40 °C/104 °F) Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of 4 kHz 6 kHz 0.0 3.7 3.37 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink) 37 W (with 0. cu (not for versions with flat plate heatsink) ✔ >.0 1.78 0.01 Hz serial 3 programmable digital inputs. PNP. stall prevention.75 (at 50 °C/122 °F) 0.2 2. 150 % overload capability) for 60 s.5 0.12 0. scaleable or for use as 4th digital input) 1.0 2.3 2. 250 V AC/2A (inductive load) RS-485. short circuits. 8 kHz) Recommended thermal resistance of heatsink Compliance with standards > marking Dimensions and weights (without options) Weight.6 2.75 kW inverter with flat plate heatsink) 18 W (with 0. compound braking IP20 –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) 95 % (non-condensing) Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating Undervoltage.

An OP or other options must be ordered separately (see Page 1/9).50 4.2 at 40 °C/104 °F) AA AA AA AB 6SE6410-2UA11-2AA0 6SE6410-2UA12-5AA0 6SE6410-2UA13-7AA0 6SE6410-2UA15-5BA0 – – – – Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V.7 (3.8 0.37 0.12 0.25 0.16 0.0 7.5 4.2 at 40 °C/104 °F) 2.5 10. output voltage 200 V to 240 V 3-phase 0.3 3.2 (at 40 °C/104 °F) AA AA AA AB AB AA AB 6SE6410-2UB11-2AA0 6SE6410-2UB12-5AA0 6SE6410-2UB13-7AA0 6SE6410-2UB15-5BA0 6SE6410-2UB17-5BA0 6SE6410-2UB13-7AB0 6SE6410-2UB17-5BB0 6SE6410-2BB11-2AA0 6SE6410-2BB12-5AA0 6SE6410-2BB13-7AA0 6SE6410-2BB15-5BA0 6SE6410-2BB17-5BA0 6SE6410-2BB13-7AB0 6SE6410-2BB17-5BB0 The current data apply to an ambient temperature of 50 °C/122 °F unless specified otherwise.37 0.sea.55 0.3 2.33 0.8 Inverter with flat plate heatsink 0.9 1. output voltage 200 V to 240 V 3-phase 0. MICROMASTER 410 without filter 2) MICROMASTER 410 with internal filter Class B kW A Mains voltage 1 AC 100 V to 120 V.3 4.12 0.7 2.75 1 7. This catalog is suitable for IEC motors.5 0.37 0.50 0.0 0. 2) Generally suited to heavy industrial applications.6 (4.75 4. possible mains voltage ADA51-5038a Rated output current Mains voltage 100 90 80 % 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude 100 % 80 75 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 1 Operational altitude Selection and ordering data ■ MICROMASTER 410 inverter Output Rated input current 1) hp A Rated output current Frame size (FS) Order No.9 1.33 3.25 0.16 1.4 0.55 0.6 7.MICROMASTER 410 Technical data ■ Derating data (continued) Installation height above sea level Permissible output current in % of the rated output current ADA51-5039a Permissible mains voltage in % of the max. See Appendix for note on ordering.siemens. For motors according to US standards (NEMA) please refer to: http://www.4 0.2 3. 1) The values apply to rated mains voltages of 115 V or 230 V.1 13. For details please refer to Appendix on page A/4.75 5. All MICROMASTER 410 inverters are supplied without an Operator Panel (OP).7 2.2 · 2005/2006 1/7 .com/ motors Siemens DA 51.8 0.75 1. ■ Motors for MICROMASTER 410 Catalog M 11 contains selection and ordering data for motors which are particularly suitable for operation with the MICROMASTER 410 inverters (see Appendix for overview).4 0.

chokes.75 kW comply with the EN 61 000-3-2 standard.55 0.50 6SE6410-2BB13-7AB0 *) 0. In line with EN 61 000-3-2 regulations “Limits for harmonic currents with device input current ˆ 16 A per phase”. 1 ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here (filters.37 0.5 mA (shielded motor cable up to 5 m). This option must be mounted upright.50 0.33 0.75 0. line commutating chokes reduce the effects of harmonics on the inverter and the power supply. A non-filtered inverter together with the optional filter “Filter Class B with low leakage currents” has a leakage current ˆ 3. The inverter and the associated options have the same voltage ratings. In addition.50 6SE6410-2UB13-7AB0 *) 0.37 0. No limits are currently defined in the EN 61 000-3-2 standard for professionally used devices with a connected load > 1 kW.25 0. For devices with 250 W and 370 W.0 6SE6410-2UA11-2AA0 6SE6410-2UA12-5AA0 6SE6410-2UA13-7AA0 *) 6SE6410-2UA15-5BA0 *) 6SE6410-2UB11-2AA0 6SE6410-2UB12-5AA0 6SE6410-2UB13-7AA0 6SE6410-2UB15-5BA0 6SE6410-2UB17-5BA0 Order No.33 0.55 1 AC 200 V 0. • The requirements are satisfied using: shielded cables with a max. a line commutating choke must be used in order to reduce the current peaks. there are special aspects for drives with 250 W to 550 W and 230 V single-phase supplies which can be used in non-industrial applications (1st environment).75 1.75 1.75 – – – – 6SE6400-2FL01-0AB0 Inverter with flat plate heatsink 0. Use in America requires ulisted fuses such as the Class NON range from Bussmann. or 10 m with a low-capacitance motor cable (core/core < 75 pF/m.16 0. of the options Filter Class B with low leakage currents Line commutating choke 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 6SE6400-3CC02-6BB3 6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 3NA3805 6SE6400-2FL01-0AB0 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 3NA3803 3NA3805 6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 3NA3805 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 3NA3803 3NA3805 3NA3803 Fuse (see Catalog LV 10) 3NA3803 3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3803 Circuit-breaker (see Catalog LV 10) 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-1BA10 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1FA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1FA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1BA10 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1FA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1FA10 3RV1021-1JA10 kW 1 AC 100 V 0.33 0. Fuses of Type 3NA3 are recommended for Europe. If the ratio of inverter rated power to mains short-circuit power is less than 1 %.37 0. 1/8 Siemens DA 51. fuses and circuitbreakers) must be selected to match the inverter.MICROMASTER 410 Options Inverter dependent options ■ Overview EMC filter.75 1.25 0.25 0. The limits comply with EN 55 011 Class B.0 0.0 6SE6410-2UB17-5BB0 *) Inverter with internal filter Class B 6SE6410-2BB11-2AA0 – 6SE6410-2BB12-5AA0 6SE6410-2BB13-7AA0 6SE6410-2BB15-5BA0 6SE6410-2BB17-5BA0 – – – – – – Inverter with flat plate heatsink 0.0 6SE6410-2BB17-5BB0 *) *) With these inverters. Mains voltage Output Inverter without filter hp 0.50 0.50 0. Class B Variants with internal EMC filter Class B are available for inverters with a mains operating voltage of 1 230 V AC. core/shield < 150 pF/m).75 1.55 0.37 0.16 0. length of 5 m. which means that the inverters with an output power ˜ 0. the filter or choke cannot be mounted in the substructure.16 0. The line commutating chokes are designed as footprint chokes and are fitted between the inverter and the mounting plate.12 to 240 V 0.75 1 AC 200 V 0. Line commutating choke Line commutating chokes are used to smooth voltage peaks or to bridge commutating dips.2 · 2005/2006 .12 to 240 V 0. All variant dependent options and the operator panel are certified to u except fuses. An inverter with internal filter can be used with a 30 mA residual current operated circuit-breaker.37 0.12 to 120 V 0. it is necessary either to fit the recommended input chokes or to apply to the power utility company for authorization to connect the devices to the public power supply. and is only suitable for hardwired installation.

siemens.MICROMASTER 410 Options Variant independent options ■ Overview Operator Panel (OP) With the OP. included with every inverter 1) Available on the Internet at http://www. 1 Inverter with Operator Panel (OP) ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here are suitable for all MICROMASTER 410 inverters. An OP can be used for several inverters. Options Operator Panel (OP) Connection kit for PC to inverter Adapter for mounting on DIN rails Start-up tools STARTER and DriveMonitor 2).de/ WW/view/com/10804985/ 133100 Siemens DA 51. Parameter lists can be read out.ad.ad. as well as multilanguage documentation on CD-ROM Start-up tool STARTER on CD-ROM 2) Order No.de/ WW/view/com/10804984/ 133100 STARTER at http://www4. entered and printed. STARTER).siemens.siemens. This program executes under Windows 98/NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional. 6SE6400-0SP00-0AA0 6SE6400-0PL00-0AA0 6SE6400-0DR00-0AA0 6SE6400-5EA00-1AG0 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 Documentation ■ Selection and ordering data Type of documentation Operating instructions 1) (paper version) Language German English French Italian Spanish German English French Italian Spanish Multilanguage Order No. Connection kit for PC to inverter For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC if the appropriate software has been installed (e. It is directly plugged into the inverter. altered. Values and units are shown on a 5-digit display.2 · 2005/2006 1/9 . 6SE6400-5EA00-0AP0 6SE6400-5EA00-0BP0 6SE6400-5EA00-0DP0 6SE6400-5EA00-0CP0 6SE6400-5EA00-0EP0 6SE6400-5EB00-0AP0 6SE6400-5EB00-0BP0 6SE6400-5EB00-0DP0 6SE6400-5EB00-0CP0 6SE6400-5EB00-0EP0 – Parameter list 1) (paper version) Getting Started Guide 1) (paper version). • DriveMonitor is a start-up software for listoriented programming of frequency inverters. Start-up tools • STARTER is a graphic start-up software for guided start-up for MICROMASTER 410/420/ 430/440 frequency inverters under Windows NT/2000/ XP Professional. stored.g.com/ micromaster 2) Available on the Internet: DriveMonitor at http://www4. individual parameter settings can be made. The connection kit includes an RS-485/RS-232 interface converter with a 9-pin Sub-D connector.

36) 2 x M4 200 (7. 12-5AA0 6SE6410-2 .72) Inverter frame size AA 6SE6410-2 . B13-7AB0 6SE6410-2 . 13-7AA0 Inverter frame size AB 6SE6410-2 .0 2) 150 (5.6 5) G_DA51_EN_05073 (5 138 . .87) .89) 42.93) 50 (1.47) Ø 4.87) 160 (6.2) 50 (1.9) 1 (4 118 .97) 174 (6.5 (0.5 (0.9) 160 (6.44) 175 (6.5 (0.30) 150 (5.3) G_DA51_EN_05104a 213 (8. 15-5BA0 6SE6410-2 . 11-2AA0 6SE6410-2 .2 · 2005/2006 G_DA51_EN_05105a ADA51-5010e 200 (7. B17-5BB0 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) ■ Filters and chokes 73 56 (2.47) 34. 17-5BA0 Inverter with flat plate heatsink 6SE6410-2 .97) 23.39) (4 102 .36) Ø 4.67) Footprint chokes 6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 Choke for upright mounting 6SE6400-3CC02-6BB3 Filter 6SE6400-2FL01-0AB0 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 1/10 Siemens DA 51.72) 69 (2. .72) 69 (2.97) 75.87) (2.MICROMASTER 410 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 410 inverter 12 (0.18) ADA51-5037a 12 (0.5 (1.18) 150 (5.18) A DA51-5036a Ø 4.91) 163 (6. . .85) 187 (7.5 (0.5 (1.30) 160 (6. .5 (2.4 3) 69 (2.

Inverter MICROMASTER 420 2/2 2/4 2/6 2/8 2/9 2/18 Description Circuit diagrams Technical data Selection and ordering data Options Dimension drawings 2 Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 2/1 .

fans and in conveyor systems.MICROMASTER 420 Description 2 ■ Applications The MICROMASTER 420 inverter is suitable for a variety of variable-speed drive applications. Its large mains voltage range enables it to be used all over the world. guided start-up ■ Modular construction al- ■ Options (overview) ■ EMC filter. ■ ■ lows maximum configuration flexibility Three fully programmable isolated digital inputs One analog input (0 V to 10 V. The inverter is especially characterized by its customer-oriented performance and easeof-use. to u and cu certified ✔ ■ c-tick ● Note: See Appendix for standards. adjustable (observe derating if necessary) Complete protection for motor and inverter. scaleable) or for use as 4th digital input One programmable analog output (0 mA to 20 mA) One programmable relay output (30 V DC/5 A resistive load. 2/2 Siemens DA 51. It is especially suitable for applications with pumps. 250 V AC/2A inductive load) Low-noise motor operation through high pulse frequency.2 · 2005/2006 . The operator panels and communication modules can be easily exchanged without requiring any tools. It is the ideal cost-optimized frequency inverter solution. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ (BOP) for parameterizing the inverter Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) with multi-language plain text display Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) with Chinese and English plain text display Communication modules – PROFIBUS – DeviceNet – CANopen PC connection kits Mounting kits for installing the operator panels in the control cabinet doors PC start-up programs executable under Windows 98 and NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional TIA integration with Drive ES inverter complies with the requirements of the EU lowvoltage guideline ■ The MICROMASTER 420 inverter has the > marking ■ acc. Class A/B ■ LC filter ■ Line commutating chokes ■ Output chokes ■ Gland plates ■ Basic Operator Panel ■ International standards ■ The MICROMASTER 420 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Design The MICROMASTER 420 inverter has a modular design. ■ Main characteristics ■ Easy.

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ed output current (i.2 · 2005/2006 2/3 . the “Y” capacitor must be removed and an output choke installed). mains and motor connections are separated for optimum electromagnetic compatibility Detachable operator panels Screwless control terminals ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ control Flux Current Control (FCC) for improved dynamic response and optimized motor control Linear V/f characteristic Quadratic V/f characteristic Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) Flying restart Slip compensation Automatic restart following mains failure or fault Internal PI controller for simple process control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ tion/deceleration times from 0 s to 650 s Ramp smoothing Fast Current Limit (FCL) for trip-free operation Fast.MICROMASTER 420 Description ■ Mechanical features ■ Modular design ■ Operating temperature ■ Performance features ■ Latest IGBT technology ■ Digital microprocessor ■ ■ Programmable accelera- ■ Protection features ■ Overload current 1. repeatable digital input response time Fine adjustment using a high-resolution 10-bit analog input Compound braking for controlled rapid braking Four skip frequencies Removable “Y” capacitor for use on IT systems (with non-grounded mains supplies. 150 % overload capability) for 60 s.5 x rat- ■ ■ ■ ■ –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) Compact housing as a result of high power density Easy cable connection. cycle time 300 s Overvoltage/undervoltage protection Inverter overtemperature protection Motor protection using PTC via digital input (possible with supplementary circuit) Earth fault protection Short-circuit protection I2t motor thermal protection Locked motor protection Stall prevention Parameter interlock 2 Siemens DA 51.e.

V.240 V 3 AC 380 . L3 150. N/L2 or L/L1.7 k Ω 3 4 24 V external DIN1 DIN2 5 6 7 + _ 24 V PNP or NPN 9 9 8 5 DIN2 6 DIN3 7 DIN1 L/L1.00 BOP/AOP 2 DIN3 ~ = Output +24 V max. 500 Ω 12 13 60 Hz 50 Hz 1 2 G_DA51_EN_00011 D A = 3~ DAC- P+ 14 15 NRS485 COM link Not used DIP switch PE CB option automatic M U. L3 or L1.20 mA max.W The analog input can be used as an additional digital input (DIN4) 2 DIN4 3 4 + – 9 24 V 2/4 Siemens DA 51. L2.2 · 2005/2006 .MICROMASTER 420 Circuit diagrams ■ General circuit diagram PE 1/3 AC 200 . 100 mA (isolated) DC+ DC− DC link CPU RL1-B 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load) Relay 10 RL1-C 250 V AC/2 A (inductive load) 11 DAC+ 0 . N/L2. 100 mA (isolated) Output 0 V max.480 V SI +10 V 0V ADC+ A ADCD RS232 BOP link PE 1 2 ≥ 4.

MICROMASTER 420 Circuit diagrams ■ Terminal connection diagram Example frame size A View A DC link terminals Mains connections Motor connections 2 NG_DA51_EN_05106 View A DAC+ DACP+ 12 13 14 15 Output relay RL1 Analog output RS-485 (USS protocol) DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 +24 V 0 V (isolated) RL1-B RL1-C 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 PNP NPN Output relay contacts Digital inputs PNP or NPN possible 0V ADC+ ADC- +10 V 1 2 3 4 Voltage supply 10 V Analog input Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 2/5 .

5 x rated output current (i. available as options are EMC filters to EN 55 011.2 · 2005/2006 . optional RS-232 Fixed frequencies Skip frequency ranges Setpoint resolution 2 Digital inputs Analog input Relay outputs Analog output Serial interfaces Motor cable lengths without output choke max.e. 100 m (unshielded) without output choke see variant dependent options Electromagnetic compatibility Inverter available with internal EMC filter Class A.9/116.12 kW to 3 kW 3 AC 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 0. 250 V AC/2A (inductive load) 1.3 245 x 185 x 195 CFM: Cubic Flow per Minute Weight. >. compound braking Degree of protection IP20 Operating temperature –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) Relative humidity 95 % (non-condensing) Site altitude Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating Protection features for • Undervoltage • Overvoltage • Overload • Earth faults • Short circuit • Stall prevention • Locked motor protection • Motor overtemperature • Inverter overtemperature • Parameter interlock ✔ Compliance with standards u. scaleable or for use as 4th digital input) 1. switchable PNP/NPN 1. approx.MICROMASTER 420 Technical data ■ MICROMASTER 420 inverter Mains voltage and power ranges Power frequency Output frequency Power factor Inverter efficiency Overload capability Inrush current Control method Pulse frequency 1 AC 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 0.0 2/6 Siemens DA 51. quadratic V/f characteristic.2 173 x 73 x 149 B 24/51 202 x 149 x 172 C 54.37 kW to 11 kW 47 Hz to 63 Hz 0 Hz to 650 Hz ˜ 0. programmable 4.8/10.5 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V ± 10 % 0. 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load). programmable (0 mA to 20 mA) RS-485. c-tick ● > marking Conformity with low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC Cooling-air volumetric flow required.01 Hz serial 10 bit analog 3 fully programmable isolated digital inputs.12 kW to 5. Frame size (FS) Cooling-air volumetric H x W x D (mm) dimensions and weights flow required (l/s)/(CFM) (without options) A 4.3 5.0 3. Class A or Class B Braking DC braking.01 Hz digital 0.95 96 % to 97 % Overload current 1. multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic). programmable 0. cycle time 300 s Less than rated input current Linear V/f-characteristic. 50 m (shielded) max. 150 % overload capability) for 60 s. for setpoint or PI controller (0 V to 10 V. programmable. cu. flux current control (FCC) 16 kHz (standard with 1/3 AC 230 V) 4 kHz (standard with 3 AC 400 V) 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) 7. (kg) 1.

2 17. possible mains voltage ADA51-5019b Mains voltage 100 % 80 77 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Siemens DA 51.1 2.1 3.6 3.0 4.1 1.2 1.MICROMASTER 420 Technical data ■ Derating data PWM frequency Output (for 3 AC 400 V) kW 0.2 17.9 12 kHz 1.1 3.1 6.6 4.6 3.6 2.2 18.2 1.1 2.8 9.7 13. ) #  #   % A 4 = JA @  K JF K J? K HHA     &  $  #  "          !  "  F A H= JE C JA #  $  F A H= JK HA + %  2 Installation height above sea level Permissible output current in % of the rated output current ADA51-5018c Rated output current J 100 % 80 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Permissible mains voltage in % of the max.6 3.2 · 2005/2006 2/7 .4 26.6 2.5 7.2 1.0 5.1 1.2 13.6 1.7 2.6 1.6 4.1 1.6 1.0 5.6 9.6 3.4 Operating temperature ) .1 5.6 1.6 9.5 10.7 5.5 16 kHz 1.0 4.6 1.9 7.7 10.6 2.2 1.1 2.0 5.7 2.6 2.2 13.75 1.7 10.0 6 kHz 1.6 2.6 13.6 3.1 5.6 13.5 11 Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of 4 kHz 1.5 14 kHz 1.0 26.2 1.5 7.0 8 kHz 1.1 6.55 0.1 1.6 7.2 3.6 1.37 0.1 1.9 7.2 13.2 1.2 19.0 4.7 13.2 13.9 10 kHz 1.5 2.8 9.7 5.

MICROMASTER 420 without filter 3) kW hp A A (FS) MICROMASTER 420 with internal filter Class A 2) Mains operating voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 0. For details please refer to Appendix on page A/4.0 1.8 3.0 4.4 13.5 0.6 19.9 1.1 1.0 3.0 3.16 0.0 5.2 8.3 3. AOP or other options have to be ordered separately (see Pages 2/12 to 2/16).2 3.0 26.9 7.7 26.0 15.4 10.75 1.5 2. For motors according to US standards (NEMA) please refer to: http://www.37 0.0 5.0 5.75 1. All MICROMASTER 420 inverters are supplied with a Status Display Panel (SDP).0 2.2 1.2 3.6 4.MICROMASTER 420 Selection and ordering data ■ MICROMASTER 420 inverter Output Rated input current 1) Rated output current Frame size Order No.5 7.siemens.2 13.33 0.5 0.0 0.25 0.6 17.4 8.9 7.9 1. 3) Generally suited to heavy industrial applications.0 14.0 5.5 7.8 15. 2) Use of MICROMASTER inverters with internal filter is not permissible on non-grounded (IT) mains supplies.5 7.2 11.5 2.2 19.0 1.7 10.4 10.3 11.1 1.5 10.2 35.7 15.50 0.33 0. ■ Motors for MICROMASTER 420 Catalog M 11 contains selection and ordering data for motors which are particularly suitable for operation with the MICROMASTER 420 inverters (see Appendix for overview).6 6. This catalog is suitable for IEC motors.0 4.sea.5 0.7 2.0 A A A A A B B B C C C 6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC25-5CA1 – – – – – – – – 6SE6420-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC25-5CA1 2 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 0.0 1.5 10.9 5.7 2.1 1.55 0.0 4.50 0.5 2.0 12.37 0.0 7. applicable at shortcircuit voltage of the supply Usc = 2 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains voltage of 240 V or 400 V without a line commutating choke.12 0.0 4.75 1.0 7. A BOP.5 22.5 2.2 · 2005/2006 .75 1. 2/8 Siemens DA 51.0 3.7 4.5 2.3 1.0 5.4 13.1 1.7 6.25 0.50 0.6 A A A A A B B B C 6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6420-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6420-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6420-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6420-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AB23-0CA1 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 0.2 2.0 32.9 5.0 1.75 1.55 0.9 2.0 3.1 3.55 0.12 0.75 1.16 0.8 3.6 2.7 3.com/ motors 1) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point.0 3.5 1.5 11 0.2 3.0 4.6 22.5 2.2 4.3 3.37 0.0 4.0 A A A A A B B B C C C 6SE6420-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD31-1CA1 – – – – – 6SE6420-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD31-1CA1 See Appendix for note on ordering.4 20.9 5.

Output choke Output chokes can be supplied for reducing the capacitive currents and dV/dt in the case of motor cables > 50 m (shielded) or > 100 m (unshielded). Class B Available for inverters with an internal Class A EMC filter. permissible cable lengths. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011. LC filter The LC filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive charge/discharge currents which usually occur with inverter operation. there are special aspects for drives with 250 W to 550 W and 230 V single-phase supplies which can be used in non-industrial applications (1st environment). The exact values depend on the design. Use of an output choke isn’t required with that. Class A Filter for inverters without an internal filter for – 3 AC 200 V to 240 V. Class B Filter for inverters without an internal filter for – 3 AC 200 V to 240 V. With this filter. Typical values in practice are between 10 mA and 50 mA. it is necessary either to fit the recommended input chokes or to apply to the power utility company for authorization to connect the devices to the public power supply. For max. frame size A. Leakage currents: The leakage currents of the inverters with/without filter (internal/external) may exceed 30 mA.5 mA. Filter Class B with low leakage currents EMC filter for 1 AC 200 V to 240 V inverters. For devices with 250 W and 370 W. No limits are currently defined in the EN 61 000-3-2 standard for professionally used devices with a connected load > 1 kW which means that the inverters with an output power ˜ 0. Gland plate The gland plate facilitates the shield connection of power and control cables and ensures optimum EMC performance. The leakage currents are reduced to < 3. With this filter.75 kW comply with the EN 61 000-3-2 standard. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011. frame sizes A and B. Class B. Line commutating choke Line commutating chokes are used to smooth voltage peaks or to bridge commutating dips. without an internal EMC filter Class A. With this filter. length of 25 m. Interference-free operation with residual current operated devices with a trigger value of 30 mA cannot be guaranteed. environment and cable lengths. Additional EMC filter. The LC filters can be used for all MICROMASTER 420 inverters of frame sizes A to C. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011.2 · 2005/2006 2/9 . see Technical Data. length of 25 m. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. Class B. EMC filter. Please note when using LC filters: • Only V/f. frame sizes A and B – 3 AC 380 V to 480 V. operation with residual current circuit-breakers with a trigger value of 300 mA is possible. Class B. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. However. frame sizes A and B – 3 AC 380 V to 480 V. length of 25 m. line commutating chokes reduce the effects of harmonics on the inverter and the power supply. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max.MICROMASTER 420 Options Variant dependent options ■ Overview EMC filter. In addition. All other inverters can be supplied with an internal Class A filter. If the line impedance is <1 %. 2 Siemens DA 51. FCC control permissible • Please observe the derating of 15 % when selecting the appropriate inverter • Operation only permissible with 4 kHz pulse frequency • The output frequency is limited to 150 Hz. In line with EN 61 000-3-2 regulations “Limits for harmonic currents with device input current ˆ 16 A per phase”. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. frame size A. a line commutating choke must be used in order to reduce the current peaks. Please refer to the Instruction Manual for details. length of 5 m. This means that much longer shielded motor cables are possible when using LC filters and the service life of the motor achieves values similar to those with direct mains operation.

permissible motor cable shielded 200 m lengths unshielded 300 m Insulation strength Overvoltage category III to VDE 0110 Electromagnetic compatibility Up to 200 m motor cable length with emissions to Class A according to EN 55 011 in conjunction with filtered inverters and unshielded cables Conformity CE according to the low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC Approvals UL available soon Strain resistance EN 60 068-2-31 Humidity 95 % humidity.2 · 2005/2006 . permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) for a mains voltage of 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 380 V to 400 V ± 10 % 401 V to 480 V ± 10 % 200 m/300 m – – 200 m/300 m 150 m/225 m 100 m/150 m 200 m/300 m 150 m/225 m 100 m/150 m 200 m/300 m 200 m/300 m 100 m/150 m 2/10 Siemens DA 51.8 Nm Weight.2 A for frame size C 32. 1W1 Output. terminals 1U2. 1V2.5 % Pn Mounting position Footprint or suspended Free space Top 100 mm Bottom 100 mm Side 100 mm Connection system Input.MICROMASTER 420 Options Variant dependent options ■ Technical data LC filter Mains voltage Current (at 40 °C/50 °C) 3 AC 380 V to 480 V for frame size A 4.5 A/ 4.7 A Limiting of motor overvoltage ˆ 1078 V dV/dt limiting ˆ 500 V/ms Pulse frequency 4 kHz Max. Frame size (FS) A A B C Output choke Type 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD2 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 Max. permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output chokes The following table shows the maximum permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output chokes.1 A for frame size B 11. 1V1. non-condensing Degree of protection IP20 (to EN 60529) Insulation class H (180 °C) Permissible temperature Operation –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) 100 % Pn to +50 °C (to +122 °F) 80 % Pn Storage –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) Operational altitude up to 2000 m 100 % Pn 2000 to 4000 m 62. motor frequency 150 Hz Max. approx. for frame size A 7 kg for frame size B 11 kg for frame size C 29 kg 2 Max. litz wire or terminal 1U1.6 A/29.5 Nm to 1. 1W2 Torque for power conductor connections 1.2 A/10.

EMC filter (position 1) and line choke (position 2) Availability of the options as footprint components Frame size A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Line commutating choke EMC filter LC filter Output choke B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Recommended combinations of inverters and options Frequency inverter Frame size Footprint Position 1 Mounted on side To the left of the inverter (for line-side components) – – – – EMC filter and/or Line commutating choke Position 2 A and B C EMC filter EMC filter or Line commutating choke EMC filter EMC filter or Line commutating choke LC filter Line commutating choke Output choke or LC filter Line commutating choke Output choke – To the right of the inverter (for output-side components) Output choke – Output choke – – Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 2/11 . Position 2 Position 1 G_DA51_EN_05016d 2 Example of installation with frequency inverter. Required spacing: 75 mm. If a line choke and LC filter are used.MICROMASTER 420 Options Variant dependent options ■ Design General installation instructions ■ A maximum of two footprint ■ The EMC filter must be components plus inverter are permissible. only one footprint component is permissible. mounted directly below the frequency inverter if possible. ■ If an LC filter is used. ■ If mounted on the side. it must be mounted directly on the wall of the control cabinet due to weight reasons. therefore. the line choke must be located on the left of the inverter. the line-side components are to be mounted to the left of the frequency inverter whereas the output-side components are to be mounted to the right of the frequency inverter. If an LC filter of frame size C is used.

5 7.2 3.1 1. Inverter without filter All options are certified to u.0 3.0 1.0 3.MICROMASTER 420 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here (filters.5 11 hp 0.0 5.75 1.5 10.2 3.16 0.2 3.25 0.37 0.5 11 0.0 1.0 5. fuses.5 2.37 0.0 5. and circuit-breakers) must be selected to match the inverter.0 4.5 2.0 4.0 3.1 1.55 0.1 1.0 7.0 4.25 0.0 4.5 2.5 2.75 1.75 1. of the options EMC filter Class A EMC filter Class B 6SE6400-2FL01-0AB0 with low leakage currents Additional EMC filter. The fuses of Type 3NA3 are recommended for Europe.0 5. Class B – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 2 3 AC 380 V to 480 V kW 0.50 0.0 4.5 2.1 1.12 0.0 4.75 1.0 3.5 0.0 1.50 0.0 0.2 3.12 0.0 5.5 2.2 · 2005/2006 .55 0.0 15.5 10.0 7.75 1.0 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 0.0 0.0 4. gland plates.0 7.0 4.50 0.0 5.75 1.50 0.0 5.0 4. chokes.5 2.37 0.55 0.75 1.0 6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD31-1CA1 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6420-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6420-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6420-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6420-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6420-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AB23-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC25-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD31-1CA1 – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-2FA00-6AD0 6SE6400-2FL02-6BB0 with low leakage currents – 6SE6400-2FB00-6AD0 6SE6400-2FA01-4BC0 6SE6400-2FB01-4BC0 – – – 6SE6400-2FA00-6AD0 – – – 6SE6400-2FB00-6AD0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-2FS01-0AB0 6SE6400-2FS02-6BB0 6SE6400-2FS03-5CB0 6SE6400-2FS03-8CD0 6SE6400-2FS01-6BD0 6SE6400-2FS03-8CD0 2/12 Siemens DA 51.0 5.5 0.55 0.33 0.5 3.12 0. Use in America requires ulisted fuses such as the Class NON range from Bussmann.25 0.33 0. Mains voltage Output The inverter and the associated options have the same voltage ratings.0 7.0 1. except fuses.0 15.16 0. Order No.33 0.5 2.5 7.0 3.0 4.16 0.2 3.5 2.75 1.37 0.

MICROMASTER 420
Options Variant dependent options

■ Selection and ordering data (continued)

Mains voltage

Output

Inverter without filter hp 0.16 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 0.16 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0

Order No. of the options Line commutating choke LC filter – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-3TD00-4AD0 Output choke 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3

1 AC 200 V to 240 V

3 AC 200 V to 240 V

3 AC 380 V to 480 V

kW 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5 11

1 AC 200 V to 240 V

3 AC 200 V to 240 V

3 AC 380 V to 480 V

0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.0 4.0 5.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5 11

0.16 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0

6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD31-1CA1 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6420-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6420-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6420-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6420-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6420-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AB23-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC25-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD31-1CA1

6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3

6SE6400-3CC02-6BB3

6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3

6SE6400-3CC03-5CB3 6SE6400-3CC00-3AC3 6SE6400-3CC00-5AC3

6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3

2
6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3

6SE6400-3CC00-8BC3 6SE6400-3CC01-4BD3 6SE6400-3CC01-7CC3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC00-2AD3 6SE6400-3CC00-4AD3 6SE6400-3CC00-6AD3 6SE6400-3CC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3CC01-4BD3 6SE6400-3CC02-2CD3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3

6SE6400-3TC00-4AD2

6SE6400-3TD01-0BD0

6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3

6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0

6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3

6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3

6SE6400-3CC02-6BB3

6SE6400-3CC03-5CB3 6SE6400-3CC01-7CC3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3CC01-4BD3 6SE6400-3CC02-2CD3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3

– – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-3TD01-0BD0

6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3

6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3

6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3

6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3

6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0

6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

2/13

MICROMASTER 420
Options Variant dependent options

■ Selection and ordering data (continued)

Mains voltage

Output

Inverter without filter hp 0.16 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 0.16 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0

Order No. of the options Gland plate Fuse (see Catalog LV 10) 3NA3803 Circuit-breaker

kW 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5 11

2

1 AC 200 V to 240 V

0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3.0 4.0 5.5 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5 11

0.16 0.33 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0

6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6420-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 6SE6420-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6420-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6420-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6420-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6420-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6420-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 6SE6420-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6420-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6420-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6420-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6420-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2UD31-1CA1 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6420-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 6SE6420-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6420-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6420-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6420-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6420-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6420-2AB23-0CA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6420-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6420-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6420-2AC25-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6420-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6420-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6420-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6420-2AD31-1CA1

3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3817 3NA3803

3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3810 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3803

3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3810 3NA3814

3RV1021-1DA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4BA10 3RV1021-4DA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1021-1AA10 3RV1021-1DA10 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4BA10 3RV1021-4CA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1021-1CA10 3RV1021-1DA10 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4CA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4GA10

3NA3803

3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3817 3NA3810 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3810 3NA3814

3RV1021-1DA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4BA10 3RV1021-4DA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1021-4CA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4CA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4GA10

2/14

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

MICROMASTER 420
Options Variant independent options

■ Overview
Basic Operator Panel (BOP) With the BOP, individual parameter settings can be made. Values and units are shown on a 5-digit display. Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) The AAOP is the Chinese version of the AOP operator panel. It has an enhanced display and supports the operating languages of Chinese (simplified) and English. DeviceNet module For networking the inverters to the DeviceNet fieldbus system widely used on the American market. A maximum transmission rate of 500 Kbaud is possible. Remote control of the inverter is possible with the DeviceNet module. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the DeviceNet module. The connection to the DeviceNet bus system is made using a 5-pin connector with terminal strip.
Basic Operator Panel (BOP)

Connection kit for PC to AOP For connecting a PC to an AOP or AAOP. Offline programming of inverters and archiving of parameter kits possible. Includes a desktop attachment kit for an AOP or AAOP, an RS-232 standard cable (3 m) with Sub-D connectors and a universal power supply unit. Operator panel door mounting kit for single inverter For mounting an operator panel in a control cabinet door. Degree of protection IP56. Contains a cable adapter module with screwless terminals for use with user’s own RS-232-cables 1). AOP door mounting kit for multiple inverters (USS) For mounting an AOP or AAOP in a control cabinet door. Degree of protection IP56. The AOP or AAOP can communicate with several inverters by means of the RS-485 USS protocol. The 4-pin connecting cable from the AOP or AAOP to the RS-485 terminals of the inverter and to the 24 V user terminal strip is not included 2). Start-up tools • STARTER is a graphic start-up software for guided start-up for MICROMASTER 410/420/ 430/440 frequency inverters under Windows NT/2000/XP Professional. Parameter lists can be read out, altered, stored, entered and printed. • DriveMonitor is a start-up software for listoriented programming of frequency inverters. This program executes under Windows 98/NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional. Both programs are included on the Docu CD which is provided with every inverter.

CANopen module Using the CANopen communications module, an inverter can be linked to the CANopen fieldbus system and remote control is then possible. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the CANopen module. The module is connected to the bus system through a 9-pin Sub-D connector. Connection kit for PC to inverter For controlling an inverter directly from a PC if the appropriate software has been installed (e.g. STARTER). Isolated RS-232 adapter module for reliable point-to-point connection to a PC. Includes a Sub-D connector and an RS-232 standard cable (3 m).

A BOP can be used for several inverters. It can be directly mounted on the inverter or in a control cabinet door using a mounting kit. Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) The AOP enables parameter kits to be read out of the inverter or to be written into the inverter (upload/download) Different parameter kits can be stored in the AOP. It has a plain text display with the possibility of switching between several languages.

Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP)

2

PROFIBUS module For a complete PROFIBUS connection with up to ˆ 12 Mbaud. Remote control of the inverter is possible with the PROFIBUS module. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the PROFIBUS module. The PROFIBUS module can be supplied by an external 24 V DC power supply and is thus also active when the inverter is disconnected from the power supply. Connection by means of a 9-pin Sub-D connector (available as an option).

Advanced Operator Panel (AOP)

Up to 30 inverters can be controlled from an AOP via USS. It can be directly mounted on the inverter or in a control cabinet door using a mounting kit.
1) A shielded cable of type Belden 8132 (28 AWG) is recommended. The maximum cable length is 5 m for RS-232. 2) A shielded cable of type Belden 8132 (28 AWG) is recommended. The maximum cable length is 10 m for RS-485.

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

2/15

5 V ± 5 %.5 V ± 5 %. max. 350 mA. 300 mA internal from inverter or 24 V.6 m/s2 in the frequency range of 58 Hz to 500 Hz 3. 100 mA.2 · 2005/2006 . 300 mA.5 mm in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 9 Hz 9. max. max.ad. Options Basic Operator Panel (BOP) Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) PROFIBUS module DeviceNet module CANopen module RS485/PROFIBUS bus connector Connection kit for PC to inverter Connection kit for PC to AOP Operator panel door mounting kit for single inverter AOP door mounting kit for multiple inverters (USS) Start-up tool STARTER on CD-ROM Order No. 12 Mbaud Output voltage 6. 250 and 500 Kbaud 2/16 Siemens DA 51. internal from inverter or 24 V ± 10 %.8 m/s2 in the frequency range of 9 Hz to 500 Hz 3K3 to DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Natural air cooling –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) ˆ 85 % (non-condensing) ˆ 95 % to EN 55 011 (1991) Class A to IEC 60 801-3 and EN 61 000-4-3 6. max. galvanically isolated supply • for terminating the serial interface bus or • for supplying the OLP (Optical Link Plug) max. 60 mA from DeviceNet-Bus – Data transmission rate 125. external 5 V ± 10 %.15 mm in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 58 Hz 19. max.siemens. 6SE6400-0BP00-0AA0 6SE6400-0AP00-0AA1 6SE6400-0AP00-0AB0 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 6GK1500-0FC00 6SE6400-1PC00-0AA0 6SE6400-0PA00-0AA0 6SE6400-0PM00-0AA0 6SE6400-0MD00-0AA0 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 Available on the Internet at: http://www4. no condensation permitted during operation to DIN IEC 60 068-2-6 (if module is installed correctly) 0.de/WW/view/com/10804985/133100 2 ■ Technical data of the communication modules PROFIBUS module 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 DeviceNet module 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 Size (height x width x depth) Degree of protection Degree of pollution Strain resistance • Stationary • Transport Deflection Acceleration Deflection Acceleration Climatic category (during operation) Cooling method Permissible ambient or cooling agent temperature • Operation • Storage and transport Relative humidity (permissible humidity rating) • Operation • Storage and transport Electromagnetic compatibility Emission Interference Power supply 161 mm x 73 mm x 46 mm IP20 2 to IEC 60 664-1 (DIN VDE 0110/T1).MICROMASTER 420 Options Variant independent options ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here are suitable for all MICROMASTER 420 inverters.

com/ micromaster Siemens DA 51.ad. 500.de/ WW/view/com/10804984/ 133100 STARTER at http://www4. 6SE6400-5AD00-1AP1 Parameter list 2) (paper version) German English French Italian Spanish German English French Italian Spanish 6SE6400-5AA00-0AP0 6SE6400-5AA00-0BP0 6SE6400-5AA00-0DP0 6SE6400-5AA00-0CP0 6SE6400-5AA00-0EP0 6SE6400-5BA00-0AP0 6SE6400-5BA00-0BP0 6SE6400-5BA00-0DP0 6SE6400-5BA00-0CP0 6SE6400-5BA00-0EP0 1) The CD-ROM contains operating instructions.MICROMASTER 420 Options Variant independent options ■ Technical data of the communication modules (continued) CANopen module 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 Size (height x width x depth) Degree of protection Degree of pollution Strain resistance • Stationary • Transport Deflection Acceleration Deflection Acceleration Climatic category (during operation) Cooling method Permissible ambient or cooling agent temperature • Operation • Storage • Transport Relative humidity (permissible humidity rating) • Operation • Storage and transport Power supply Data transmission rate 161 mm x 73 mm x 46 mm IP20 2 to IEC 60 664-1 (DIN VDE 0110/T1). Available on the Internet: DriveMonitor at http://www4. 125.siemens. commissioning tools STARTER and DriveMonitor.2 · 2005/2006 2/17 .15 mm in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 58 Hz 19.8 m/s2 in the frequency range of 9 Hz to 500 Hz 3K3 to DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Natural air cooling –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) ˆ 85 % (non-condensing) ˆ 95 % The CAN bus is supplied from the inverter power supply 10.ad. 250.6 m/s2 in the frequency range of 58 Hz to 500 Hz 3.5 mm in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 9 Hz 9. no condensation permitted during operation to IEC 60 068-2-6 (if module is installed correctly) 0.siemens. containing CD-ROM 1) and Getting Started Guide 2) (paper version) Operating instructions2) (paper version) Language Multilanguage Order No. 20. 50. supplied with each inverter. multilanguage. 800 Kbaud and 1 Mbaud 2 Documentation ■ Selection and ordering data Type of documentation Docu pack.siemens. parameter list.de/ WW/view/com/10804985/ 133100 2) Available on the Internet at http://www.

5 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 100 mm Drill pattern 204 (8.16) Inverter frame size B with gland plate ADA51-5008b 245 (9.87) Inverter frame size B Fixing with 4 x M4 bolts.28) Inverter frame size C Fixing with 4 x M5 bolts. 2 x M4 nuts. or snap onto the DIN rail Tightening torque with washers fitted: 2.79) 73 (2.29) Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.MICROMASTER 420 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 420 inverter Frame size A B C 1/3 AC 200 V to 240 V 0. But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.5 kW 2.16) Inverter frame size C with gland plate ADA51-5009b .12 kW to 0.5 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 0. 4 x M5 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.85) 185 (7.95) 138 (5.2 kW 3 kW to 5. 2 x M4 washers.5 kW to 11 kW Drill and fixing pattern 58 (2.6 8) With the communications module.43) (6 172 .87) 2 Inverter frame size A Fixing with 2 x M4 bolts. 4 x M4 nuts.1 kW to 2.2 · 2005/2006 309 (12.28) 160 (6.68) Inverter frame size A with gland plate ADA51-5007c 202 (7.03) 258 (10.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 100 mm (7 195 . the mounting depth increases by 23 mm (0. 4 x M5 nuts.37 kW to 1. 4 x M4 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 2.8 7) G_DA51_EN_05001d 174 (6.85) 195 (7.65) ADA51-5002d 174 (6.75 kW 1. All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 2/18 Siemens DA 51.91 inches).81) DIN Rail ADA51-5000e 147 (5.5 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 100 mm Drill pattern (5 149 .7 7) 149 (5. 173 (6.2 kW to 4 kW 5.

91) 185 (7.87) 120 (4.MICROMASTER 420 Dimension drawings ■ Filters and chokes 38 (1.97) 75.5 (0.85) ADA51-5011c 245 (9.87) 213 (8.39) 174 (6.93) 73 56 (2.5 (1.15) Weight (max.97) 150 (5.95) Filter frame size A For frame size B For frame size C ADA51-5012c 2 c b c b Line commutating choke for G_DA51_XX_05014e Dimensions a 200 (7.87) 174 (6.39) 245 (9.97) 50 2.65) b 75.13) 174 (6.62) 232 (9.14) 23.97) Weight (max.3 (1.03) 2 x M4 42.91) 185 (7.2 · 2005/2006 2/19 .02) b 75.85) 54 (2.65) 204 (8.4 (2.3 (1.36) 200 (7.36) 200 (7.) kg 1.13) 4 x M4 187 (7.43) 49.72) 4 x M5 219 (8.87) 200 (7.5 (2.97) 50 1.87) (2.5) 185 (7.85) 187 (7.28) 3TC00-4AD2 3TC00-4AD3 3TC01-0BD3 3TC03-2CD3 c 110 (4.5 (1.97) 70 3.33) 50 0.5 (2.39) 280 (11.6 (3.95 a Output choke for frame size A 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD2 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 DA51-5049 a For frame sizes B and C 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.87) 160 (6.76) 80 5.2) 24 (0.5 (2.87) 213 (8.94) 149 (5.67) 138 (5.28) Frame size A Frame size B Frame size C c 50 (1.8 (1.3) ADA51-5010e 213 (8.8 Line commutating choke for frame size A DA51-5013e a a For frame sizes B and C c b c b Output choke type 6SE6400G_DA51_XX_05050a Dimensions a 200 (7.97) 150 (5.28) 156 (6.) kg 0.

43) 334 (13.19) G_DA51_EN_05078a 320 (12.81) 340 (13.3) 75.72) Fixing with M4 bolts Fixing with M4 bolts 2 LC filter for frame size A LC filter for frame size B 140 (5.2) 100 (3.5 (2.38) 293 (11.3) G_DA51_EN_05076 G_DA51_EN_05079 G_DA51_EN_05077 56 (2.14) Fixing with M5 bolts LC filter for frame size C 2/20 Siemens DA 51.04) 335 (13.9) 150 (5.53) 280 (11.97) Drill pattern 56 (2.6) 156 (6.28) Drill pattern 174 (6.2 · 2005/2006 G_DA51_EN_05081 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) G_DA51_EN_05080 .02) 287 (11.51) 185 (7.MICROMASTER 420 Dimension drawings ■ LC filter 110 (4.15) 300 (11.85) 382 (15.2) 120 (4.9) Drill pattern 138 (5.

2 · 2005/2006 3/1 .Inverter MICROMASTER 430 3/2 3/4 3/6 3/9 3/10 3/19 Description Circuit diagrams Technical data Selection and ordering data Options Dimension drawings 3 Siemens DA 51.

TIA integration with Drive ES inverter complies with the requirements of the EU lowvoltage guideline ■ The MICROMASTER 430 inverter has the > marking ■ acc. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ lows maximum configuration flexibility Six programmable isolated digital inputs Two scaleable analog inputs (0 V to 10 V. adjustable (observe derating if necessary) Complete protection for motor and inverter Control of up to three additional drives on the basis of PID control (motor staging) Operation of drive directly on mains (with external bypass circuit) Low-energy mode Detects dry run of pumps (belt failure detection). ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ (BOP-2) for parameterizing the inverter Communication modules – PROFIBUS – DeviceNet – CANopen PC connection kits Mounting kits for installing the operator panels in the control cabinet doors PC start-up tools executable under Windows 98 and NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional. ■ Main characteristics ■ Easy. 250 V AC/2A inductive load) Low-noise motor operation thanks to high pulse frequencies.2 · 2005/2006 . guided start-up ■ Modular construction al- ■ Options (overview) ■ Line commutating chokes ■ Output chokes ■ LC filter and sinusoidal filter ■ Gland plates ■ Basic Operator Panel 2 ■ International standards ■ The MICROMASTER 430 ■ ■ 3 ■ ■ ■ Design The MICROMASTER 430 inverter has a modular design. 3/2 Siemens DA 51. The operator panels and communication modules can be easily exchanged. Its flexibility provides for a wide spectrum of applications. an optimized operator panel with manual/automatic switchover and adapted software functionality. to u and cu certified ✔ ■ c-tick ● Note: See Appendix for standards. The inverter is especially characterized by its customer-oriented performance and ease-of-use. It has more inputs and outputs than the MICROMASTER 420. 0 mA to 20 mA) can also be used as a 7th/8th digital input Two programmable analog outputs (0 mA to 20 mA) Three programmable relay outputs (30 V DC/5 A resistive load.MICROMASTER 430 Description ■ Applications The MICROMASTER 430 inverter is suitable for a variety of variable-speed drive applications. It is especially suitable for use with industrial pumps and fans.

+140 % overload capability) for 3 s. of a pump at low speeds) Motor staging (connection and disconnection of additional motors. 110 % overload capability) for 60 s. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 7. mains and motor connections are separated for optimum electromagnetic compatibility Detachable operator panels Screwless control terminal strip on detachable I/O board.1 x rated output current (i. and 1. cycle time 300 s 110 kW to 250 kW: Overload current 1. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ control Flux Current Control (FCC) for improved dynamic response and optimized motor control Linear V/f characteristic Quadratic V/f characteristic Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) Flying restart Slip compensation Automatic restart following mains failure or fault Energy saving mode (stopping e.5 x rated output current (i. and 1. cycle time 300 s Overvoltage/undervoltage protection Inverter overtemperature protection Special direct connection for PTC or KTY to protect the motor Earth fault protection Short-circuit protection I2t motor thermal protection Locked motor protection Stall prevention Parameter interlock 3 Siemens DA 51. the “Y” capacitor must be removed and an output choke installed).e.g.e. use of inverter as control drive in a pump cascade) Manual/automatic mode Load torque monitoring (detects dry run of pumps) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ controller for simple process control Programmable acceleration/deceleration times from 0 s to 650 s Ramp smoothing Fast Current Limit (FCL) for trip-free operation Fast.5 kW to 90 kW: Overload current 1.4 x rated output current (i.MICROMASTER 430 Description ■ Mechanical features ■ Modular design ■ Operating temperature ■ Performance features ■ Latest IGBT technology ■ Digital microprocessor ■ ■ High-grade internal PID ■ Protection features ■ Overload capability ■ ■ ■ ■ –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) Compact housing as a result of high power density Easy cable connection.2 · 2005/2006 3/3 . 150 % overload capability) for 1 s.1 x rated output current (i. 110 % overload capability) for 59 s.e. repeatable digital input response time Fine adjustment using two high-resolution 10-bit analog inputs Compound braking for controlled rapid braking Four skip frequencies Removable “Y” capacitor for use on IT systems (with non-grounded mains supplies.e.

480 V SI + 10 V 0V ADC1+ ADC1ADC2+ 10 24 V external DIN1 5 DIN2 6 DIN3 7 DIN4 8 DIN5 DIN6 + _ 24 V 16 17 16 DIN6 PNP or NPN 17 9 28 PTCA 14 15 DAC1+ 0 . V.MICROMASTER 430 Circuit diagrams ■ General circuit diagram PE 3 AC 380 . L2. 100 mA (isolated) 8 DIN5 7 DIN4 6 DIN3 5 DIN2 11 BOP-2 PE 1 2 ≥ 4. N/L2. 500 12 13 DAC2+ 0 .2 · 2005/2006 .20 mA max. 100 mA (isolated) Output 0 V max.10 V voltage 60 Hz D DAC2A D DAC1A A PTCB D Output +24 V max.00 DIN1 ~ ~ Opto isolation = = Frame sizes C to F B+/DC+ DC- 28 Motor PTC/ KTY 84 Frame sizes FX and GX DCNA DCPA DCNS DCPS Terminals only for measuring purposes 3 CPU = 3 ~ Relay 1 50 Hz 1 2 DIP switch (on control board) Not used Relay 2 ADC ADC 1 2 DIP switch (on I/O board) 1 2 G_DA51_EN _00012 COM link PE CB option automatic U. W M 3/4 Siemens DA 51. L3 or L1.20 mA current 0 .20 mA max.7 k Ω 3 4 ADC2- L/L1. L3 AA/ DD AA/ DD BOP link RS232 150. 500 26 27 COM 20 NO 19 NC 18 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load) 250 V AC/2 A (inductive load) COM 22 NO 21 COM Relay 3 25 NO 24 NC 23 P+ 29 RS485 N30 0 .

2 · 2005/2006 3/5 . frame size C View A Mains connections Motor connections View A AIN1 AIN2 S1 S2 RL1-A RL1-B RL1-C 20 RL2-B RL2-C RL3-A RL3-B RL3-C G_DA51_EN_05107 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 DIP Switches: 0 mA to 20 mA or 0 V to 10 V Output relay contacts 3 PE 0V 28 P+ N- DAC1+ DAC1- PTC A 14 PTC B 18 15 DIN5 DIN6 DAC2+ DAC2- 12 13 16 17 26 27 29 30 NPN *) Analog output 1 Digital inputs Analog output 2 RS-485 (USS-protocol) +10 V 0V ADC1+ ADC1- DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 +24 V ADC2+ ADC2- (DIN7) (DIN8) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 PNP *) Voltage supply 10 V Analog input 1 Digital inputs Analog input 2 *) PNP or NPN possible Siemens DA 51.MICROMASTER 430 Circuit diagrams ■ Terminal connection diagram Example.

optional RS-232 Motor cable length 7. c-tick ● 110 kW to 250 kW u available soon. programmable. Frame size (FS) Cooling-air volumetric H x W x D (mm) Weight. multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic). 100 m (unshielded) without output choke see variant dependent options 110 kW to 250 kW without output choke max. Class A available as an option Braking DC braking. +140 % overload capability) for 3 s. flux current control (FCC). >. 0 mA to 20 mA and –10 V to +10 V (AIN1) • 0 V to 10 V and 0 mA to 20 mA (AIN2) • both can be used as 7th/8th digital input Relay outputs 3. 100 m (shielded) max. Class B from Schaffner available as an option 110 kW to 250 kW EMC filter. 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load).13 1400 x 326 x 356 116 GX 440/935 1533 x 326 x 545 176 CFM: Cubic Flow per Minute 3/6 Siemens DA 51.3 245 x 185 x 195 5.2 · 2005/2006 . programmable Skip frequency ranges 4.5 kW to 90 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V ± 10 % 7. (kg) dimensions and weights flow required (l/s)/(CFM) (without options) C 54. 110 % overload capability) for 60 s.5 kW to 90 kW EMC filter. compound braking Degree of protection IP20 Operating temperature range 7. motor overtemperature.5 kW to 90 kW –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) 110 kW to 250 kW 0 °C to +40 °C (+32 °F to +104 °F) Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) Relative humidity 95 % (non-condensing) Installation altitude 7. 250 V AC/2A (inductive load) Analog outputs 2. earth faults. 110 % overload capability) for 60 s. Class B to EN 55 011 available as an option 18.5 kW to 90 kW Inverter with internal filter Class A available For inverters without filter 7. energy saving mode Pulse frequency 7. 150 % overload capability) for 1 s and 1.MICROMASTER 430 Technical data ■ MICROMASTER 430 inverter Mains voltage and Power ranges Power frequency Output frequency 7. stall prevention.5 kW to 90 kW 110 kW to 250 kW Power factor Inverter efficiency 7. parameter change protection Conformity with standards ✔ 7.5 kW to 90 kW u.01 Hz serial 10 bit analog Digital inputs 6 fully programmable isolated digital inputs. overvoltage.e. programmable Setpoint resolution 0.5 kW to 90 kW Up to 1000 m above sea level without derating 110 kW to 250 kW Up to 2000 m above sea level without derating Protection features for undervoltage. 50 m (shielded) max.e. and 1.95 3 96 % to 97 % 97 % to 98 % Overload current 1.5 kW to 250 kW (variable torque) 47 Hz to 63 Hz 0 Hz to 650 Hz 0 Hz to 267 Hz ˜ 0. > > marking Conformity with low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC Cooling-air volumetric flow required. 150 m (unshielded) with output choke see variant dependent options Electromagnetic compatibility 7. switchable PNP/NPN Analog inputs 2 programmable analog inputs • 0 V to 10 V.5 kW to 90 kW 110 kW to 250 kW Overload capability 7. cu.19 1150 x 350 x 320 75 FX 225/478.9/2 x 116. quadratic V/f characteristic.e.19 850 x 350 x 320 56 F with filter 150/317. overload. cycle time 300 s Inrush current Less than rated input current Control method Linear V/f characteristic. inverter overtemperature. approx.7 D 2 x 54.01 Hz digital 0. locked motor protection. cycle time 300 s 110 kW to 250 kW Overload current 1.9/116.3 650 x 275 x 245 22 F without filter 150/317.5 kW to 15 kW EMC filter.5 x rated output current (i.9/2 x 116.3 520 x 275 x 245 17 E 2 x 54.1 x rated output current (i.1 x rated output current (i.e.4 x rated output current (i.5 kW to 90 kW 4 kHz (standard) 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) 110 kW to 250 kW 2 kHz (standard) 2 kHz to 4 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) Fixed frequencies 15. short-circuits. programmable (0/4 mA to 20 mA) Serial interfaces RS-485.5 kW to 90 kW without output choke max. cu available soon.

0 38.8 37.8 36.5 65.5 36.3 – – – – – 16 kHz 7.5 43.0 15.2 · 2005/2006 3/7 .5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of 2 kHz 4 kHz 19.5 123.3 71.0 26.0 62.0 178.2 19.0 101.4 – – – – – Operating temperature Inverter 7.6 16.4 60.4 84.3 138.0 22.5 11.0 419.5 53.6 13.5 55.6 477.0 90.4 62.0 63.6 – – – – – 12 kHz 11.8 22.2 26.8 370.0 45.0 325.5 97.3 54.0 37.0 – – – – – 8 kHz 15.2 52.6 27.5 kW to 90 kW G_DA51_EN_05045b Inverter 110 kW to 250 kW ) .0 145.6 34.0 12.8 6 kHz 17.6 67.0 45.3 20.0 45.0 302. ) #  #  " % = Rated output current 60 40 20 0 -10 0 10 20 30 40 °C 50 Operating temperature 4 = JA @  K JF K J? K HHA 100 % 80    & # &   $  "        !  "  F A H= JE C JA " # + # # F A H= JK HA J 3 Siemens DA 51.1 40.3 81.0 18.0 90.0 19.8 71.4 30.0 45.0 77.0 220.0 75.0 93.0 110.0 75.2 – – – – – 14 kHz 9.1 24.0 63.4 31.8 22.0 41.0 43.2 36.0 33.0 62.0 18.4 250.4 18.0 49.5 54.0 178.8 19.5 31.0 49.0 32.0 38.2 23.5 72.0 265.0 32.5 15.0 26.0 24.0 145.3 83.0 180.0 110.7 28.9 – – – – – 10 kHz 13.0 205.MICROMASTER 430 Technical data ■ Derating data Pulse frequency Output (for 3 AC 400 V) kW 7.4 25.

MICROMASTER 430 Technical data ■ Derating data (continued) Installation height above sea level Permissible output current in % of the rated output current Inverter 7.5 kW to 90 kW ADA51-5019b Inverter 110 kW to 250 kW ADA51-5019b Mains voltage Mains voltage 100 % 80 77 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 100 % 80 77 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Operational altitude 3 3/8 Siemens DA 51.5 kW to 90 kW ADA51-5018c Inverter 110 kW to 250 kW ADA51-5046 Rated output current 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Rated output current 100 % 80 100 85 80 % 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Permissible mains voltage in % of the max. possible mains voltage Inverter 7.2 · 2005/2006 .

0 1) 87. For motors according to US standards (NEMA) please refer to: http://www.com/ motors 3 1) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point. A BOP-2 or other options have to be ordered separately (see Pages 3/14 to 3/16).0 2) 354. MICROMASTER 430 without filter 4) kW hp A A (FS) MICROMASTER 430 with internal filter Class A 3) Mains operating voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 7. Siemens DA 51.0 2) 442.0 1) 139. 4) Generally suited to heavy industrial applications.0 1) 59.0 1) 72.0 1) 169.3 1) 23. For details please refer to Appendix on page A/4.33 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains voltage of 400 V. 3) Use of MICROMASTER inverters with internal filter is not permissible on non-grounded mains supplies.2 · 2005/2006 3/9 . applicable at short-circuit voltage of the supply USC $ 2. All MICROMASTER 430 inverters are supplied with a Status Display Panel (SDP).8 1) 37.MICROMASTER 430 Selection and ordering data ■ MICROMASTER 430 inverter Output Rated input current Rated output current Frame size Order No.0 1) 200.0 1) 104. applicable at short-circuit voltage of the supply USC = 2 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains operating voltage of 400 V without a line commutating choke. 2) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point.0 18. This catalog is suitable for IEC motors.sea.5 11.0 2) 245.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 150 200 250 300 350 17.siemens.0 2) 297.0 2) 19 26 32 38 45 62 75 90 110 145 178 205 250 302 370 477 C C C D D D E E F F F FX FX GX GX GX 6SE6430-2UD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2UD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2UD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2UD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD38-8FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-1FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-3FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-6GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-0GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-5GA0 6SE6430-2AD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2AD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2AD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2AD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD38-8FA0 – – – – – See Appendix for note on ordering.0 1) 43.0 15. ■ Motors for MICROMASTER 430 Catalog M 11 contains selection and ordering data for motors which are particularly suitable for operation with the MICROMASTER 430 inverters (see Appendix for overview).1 1) 33.

• The output frequency is limited to 150 Hz.5 kW to 90 kW inverters are supplied with an internal filter Class A. In this performance range. a minimum distance of 50 mm to adjacent modules and metal parts is recommended.9 A/ 38 A 63. 3 ■ Technical data LC filter and sinusoidal filter Mains voltage Current (at 40 °C/50 °C) For frame size C (7.7 A 38. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011. For inverters 18. • Frame sizes FX and GX: The sinusoidal filters. environment and cable lengths. EMC filter.9 A/110 A 181. are designed for mounting upright in the control cabinet.5 A/ 62 A 112. With this filter. length of 25 m.6 A/145 A 225 A/191 A 276 A/235 A 333 A/283 A 408 A/347 A ˆ 1078 V ˆ 500 V/ms 4 kHz 150 Hz 3/10 Siemens DA 51.5 kW to 90 kW without filters. • Frame sizes D to F: The LC filters. Due to leakage flux lines caused by physical sources.2 · 2005/2006 . are designed for mounting upright in the control cabinet.6 A/ 29. FCC control permissible • Please observe the derating of 15 % when selecting the appropriate inverter • Operation only permissible with 4 kHz pulse frequency Note: Please observe derating for frame sizes FX and GX.5 kW to 15 kW with an internal Class A EMC filter.8 A/ 32 A 45. Please refer to the Instruction Manual for details.2 A/ 45 A 76. Typical values in practice are between 10 mA and 50 mA. frame sizes D to F. Due to leakage flux lines caused by physical sources. However.2 A/ 90 A 147. Class A All 7. a minimum distance of 100 mm to adjacent modules and metal parts is recommended. EMC filters of Class B from Schaffner can be used. Class B Available for inverters 7. LC filter and sinusoidal filter The LC filter/sinusoidal filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive charge/ discharge currents which usually occur with inverter operation. motor frequency 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 32. details on request). length of 25 m to 50 m (depending on the type. operation with residual current operated devices with a trigger value of 300 mA is possible. Interference-free operation with residual current operated devices with a trigger value of 30 mA cannot be guaranteed. The LC filters/sinusoidal filters can be used for all MICROMASTER 430 inverters of frame sizes C to GX. EMC filters Class A are available. frame sizes FX and GX.2 A/ 90 A 112. Class B. Leakage currents: The leakage currents of the inverters with/without filter (internal/external) may exceed 30 mA.5 to 15 kW) For frame size D (18. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. Please note when using LC filters/sinusoidal filters: • Only V/f. The exact values depend on the design. This means that much longer shielded motor cables are possible when using LC filters/sinusoidal filters and the service life of the motor achieves values similar to those with direct mains operation. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max.5 kW) For frame size D (22 kW) For frame size D (30 kW) For frame size E (37 kW) For frame size E (45 kW) For frame size F (55 kW) For frame size F (75 kW) For frame size F (90 kW) For frame size FX (110 kW and 132 kW) For frame size GX (160 kW) For frame size GX (200 kW) For frame size GX (250 kW) Limiting of motor overvoltage dV/dt limiting Pulse frequency Max. Use of an output choke isn’t required with that. length of 25 m. For inverters 110 kW to 250 kW. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. the EMC filters are only permitted to be used in combination with a line commutating choke.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant dependent options ■ Overview EMC filter.

0 Nm to 31.2 · 2005/2006 3/11 .5 Nm to 5.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant dependent options ■ Technical data (continued) LC filter and sinusoidal filter Max. terminals Torque for conductor connections For frame size C For frame sizes D to F For frame sizes FX and GX Weight. 1V1.5 % Pn 100 % Pn 12. non-condensing IP20 (to EN 60 529) IP00/IP20 (to EN 60 529 with terminal covers) IP00 H (180 °C) Operation –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) to +50 °C (to +122 °F) Storage –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) Operation –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) to +55 °C (to +131 °F) Storage –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) Up to 2000 m: 2000 to 4000 m: Up to 1000 m: 1000 to 4000 m: Up to 2000 m: 2000 to 4000 m: Footprint or suspended upright Top 100 mm Bottom 100 mm Side 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 1U1.8 Nm 2. 1W2 Terminal cross-section Torque – 16 mm2 35 mm2 50 mm2 95 mm2 150 mm2 – 8.0 Nm to 6.0 Nm 6.0 Nm to 4.5 Nm to 1.0 Nm 100 % Pn 80 % Pn 100 % Pn 80 % Pn Installation altitude For frame size C For frame sizes D to F For frame sizes FX and GX Mounting position For frame size C For frame sizes D to F.5 kg 1. FX and GX Free space For frame sizes C For frame sizes D to F. permissible motor cable lengths For frame sizes C to F For frame sizes FX and GX Insulation strength Electromagnetic compatibility For frame sizes C to F For frame sizes FX and GX Conformity Approvals Strain resistance Humidity Degree of protection For frame size C For frame sizes D to F For frame sizes FX and GX Insulation class Temperature range For frame sizes C to F For frame sizes FX and GX shielded unshielded shielded unshielded 200 m 300 m 300 m 450 m Overvoltage category III to VDE 0110 Up to 200 m motor cable length with emissions to Class A according to EN 55 011 in conjunction with filtered inverters and unshielded cables Up to 150 m motor cable length with emissions to Class A according to EN 55 011 in conjunction with filtered inverters and unshielded cables CE according to the low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC cUL E 219022 EN 60 068-2-31 95 % humidity. FX and GX Connection system 100 % Pn 62. approx.5 % derating for each 1000 m 100 % Pn 7.5 kg 67 kg 135 kg 138 kg to to to to 29 kg 34 kg 67 kg 77.0 Nm 14.5 % derating for each 1000 m 3 Top Side Input.5 kg 21 kg 49.0 Nm to 12.0 Nm to 20.0 Nm 2.0 Nm 3. 1V2.0 Nm 10. For frame size C For frame size D For frame size E For frame size F For frame size FX For frame size GX to 208 kg Siemens DA 51. litz wire or terminal Output. 1W1 1U2.

2 · 2005/2006 . If the line impedance is < 1 %. permissible cable lengths. permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) for a mains voltage of 380 V to 400 V ± 10 % 401 V to 480 V ± 10 % 200 m/300 m 100 m/150 m 200 m/300 m 200 m/300 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m Note: Operation up to 150 Hz output frequency only! 3 3/12 Siemens DA 51. Gland plate Gland plates are available for inverters of frame size C. D0 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 Max. line commutating chokes reduce the effects of harmonics on the inverter and the power supply. E and F.75 kW comply with the EN 61 000-3-2 standard. ■ Technical data Max. permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output chokes The following table shows the maximum permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output chokes. In frame sizes D. . This means that the inverters with an output power ˜ 0. -. In addition. No limits are currently defined in the EN 61 000-3-2 standard for professionally used devices with a connected load > 1 kW. . For max. a line commutating choke must be used in order to reduce the current peaks. Output choke Output chokes can be supplied for reducing the capacitive compensation currents and dV/dt in the case of motor cables >50 m (shielded) or > 100 m (unshielded). Frame size (FS) C D to F FX FX GX GX GX Output choke Type 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC . The gland plate facilitates the shield connection of power and control cables and thus ensures optimum EMC performance.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant dependent options ■ Overview Line commutating choke Line commutating chokes are used to smooth voltage peaks or to bridge commutating dips. see Technical Data. the gland plates are integrated.

therefore. If an LC filter of frame size C is used. ■ If an LC filter is used. Position 2 Position 1 Example of installation with frequency inverter. Required spacing: 75 mm. G. it must be mounted directly on the wall of the control cabinet due to weight reasons. mounted directly below the frequency inverter if possible. FX and GX Siemens DA 51. If a line choke and LC filter are used.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant dependent options ■ Design General installation instructions ■ A maximum of two footprint ■ The EMC filter must be components plus inverter are permissible. only one footprint component is permissible.2 · 2005/2006 3/13 . ■ If mounted on the side. the line choke must be located on the left of the inverter. the line-side components are to be mounted to the left of the frequency inverter whereas the output-side components are to be mounted to the right of the frequency inverter. EMC filter (position 1) and line choke (position 2) Availability of the options as footprint components Frame size C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Line commutating choke EMC filter LC filter Output choke D ✓ E ✓ F G FX GX G_DA51_EN_05042c 3 Mounted on side To the left of the inverter (for line-side components) – – EMC filter and/or Line commutating choke EMC filter EMC filter and/or Line commutating choke Recommended combinations of inverters and options Frequency inverter Frame size Footprint Position 1 Position 2 C EMC filter EMC filter or Line commutating choke LC filter Line commutating choke – Line commutating choke Output choke – – – To the right of the inverter (for output-side components) Output choke – – Output choke or LC filter Output choke or LC filter D and E F.

3/14 Siemens DA 51.0 15. Order No. . 3VL5750. 3VL4731. DC36.. 3VL3720.. 3VL1716. .5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 Output kW 7. of the options LC/sinusoidal filter 6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0 3 hp 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 150 200 250 300 350 Output choke 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 Gland plate 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6400-3TD03-7DD0 6SE6400-3TD04-8DD0 6SE6400-3TD06-1DD0 6SE6400-3TD07-2ED0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FD0 6SE6400-3TD15-0FD0 6SE6400-3TD18-0FD0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 Integrated as standard – – – – – Mains voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V Order No.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 hp 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 150 200 250 300 350 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 150 200 250 300 350 The inverter and the associated options have the same voltage ratings. .. . 3VL3725. . . DD33. Mains voltage Output hp kW 7..0 15. 6SE6400-3CC04-4DD0 available from Schaffner 6SE6400-3CC05-2DD0 6SE6400-3CC08-3ED0 6SE6400-3CC11-2FD0 6SE6400-3CC11-7FD0 6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 Line commutating choke 6SE6400-3CC02-2CD3 *) Must be used in combination with a line commutating choke.. . Class B 3 AC 380 V to 480 V – – – 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 EMC filter. . . .. .0 18. chokes. DD33. DC36..5 11.5 11. .0 18... DC36.. DC36. Class B. . . of the options Fuses (see Catalog LV 10) 3NA3 3NE1 (U) l 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3820 3NE1817-0 3NA3822 3NE1818-0 3NA3824 3NE1820-0 3NA3830 3NE1021-0 3NA3832 3NE1022-0 3NA3836 3NE1224-0 3NE1225-0 3NA3140 3NA3144 3NE1227-0 – – 3NE1230-0 – 3NE1332-0 – 3NE1333-0 – 3NE1435-0 Circuit-breaker (see Catalog LV 10) 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1042-4KA10 3RV1042-4MA10 3VL1712. 3VL4731...2 · 2005/2006 . DC36. . .. Class A – – – – – – – – – – – 6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0 *) 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 *) EMC filter. .. gland plates. Inverter without filter 6SE6430-2UD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2UD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2UD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2UD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD38-8FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-1FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-3FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-6GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-0GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-5GA0 Inverter without filter 6SE6430-2UD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2UD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2UD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2UD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD38-8FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-1FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-3FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-6GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-0GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-5GA0 Inverter without filter 6SE6430-2UD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2UD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2UD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2UD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2UD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2UD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2UD38-8FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-1FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-3FA0 6SE6430-2UD41-6GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-0GA0 6SE6430-2UD42-5GA0 All options are certified to u.0 15.. . except fuses. . . . Mains voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V – – – – 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 *) – Order No. . fuses and circuit-breakers) must be selected to match the inverter. . l Use in America requires u-listed fuses such as the Class NON range from Bussmann. . .0 18.. .MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here (filters. DC36. of the options EMC filter.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 Output kW 7.. The 3NE1 fuses are u-listed (equivalent to U). 3VL3725. . DC36. 3VL4740..5 11.

.5 11. . DC36. . of the options Output choke 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 Gland plate 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 Integrated as standard 3 Circuit-breaker (see Catalog LV 10) 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1042-4KA10 3RV1042-4MA10 3VL1712. an appropriate EMC filter of Class B is from Schaffner is required. 6SE6400-3TD03-7DD0 6SE6400-3TD04-8DD0 6SE6400-3TD06-1DD0 6SE6400-3TD07-2ED0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FD0 6SE6400-3TD15-0FD0 6SE6400-3TD18-0FD0 Mains voltage Output kW 7. of the options Fuses (see Catalog LV 10) 3NA3 3NE1 (U) l 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3820 3NE1817-0 3NA3822 3NE1818-0 3NA3824 3NE1820-0 3NA3830 3NE1021-0 3NA3832 3NE1022-0 3NA3836 3NE1224-0 3NA3140 3NE1225-0 3NA3144 3NE1227-0 l Use in America requires u-listed fuses such as the Class NON range from Bussmann.0 18... .0 18.5 11..5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 hp 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 Order No. 3VL3720.. 3VL1716.0 15.. . 3VL4731. Siemens DA 51. .0 15.2 · 2005/2006 3/15 . ... Class B 6SE6400-2FS03-8CD0 Line commutating choke 6SE6400-3CC02-2CD3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC04-4DD0 6SE6400-3CC05-2DD0 6SE6400-3CC08-3ED0 6SE6400-3CC11-2FD0 6SE6400-3CC11-7FD0 LC filter 6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0 An inverter without filter must be selected to satisfy the EMC requirements of Class B.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) Mains voltage Output kW 7.. DC36. DC36. Mains voltage Output kW 7.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 hp 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 3 AC 380 V to 480 V Order No. 3VL3725. . . . In addition. .0 18. . DD33. . .5 11. DD33.0 15. . of the options Additional EMC filter.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 hp 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6430-2AD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2AD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2AD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2AD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD38-8FA0 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6430-2AD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2AD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2AD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2AD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD38-8FA0 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6430-2AD27-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-1CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-5CA0 6SE6430-2AD31-8DA0 6SE6430-2AD32-2DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-0DA0 6SE6430-2AD33-7EA0 6SE6430-2AD34-5EA0 6SE6430-2AD35-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD37-5FA0 6SE6430-2AD38-8FA0 3 AC 380 V to 480 V Order No...

2 · 2005/2006 .g. Basic Operator Panel (BOP-2) CANopen module Using the CANopen communications module. Remote control of the inverter is possible with the DeviceNet module. The PROFIBUS module can be supplied by an external 24 V DC power supply and is thus also active when the inverter is disconnected from the power supply. The maximum cable length is 5 m for RS-232. A BOP-2 can be used for several inverters. Both programs are included on the Docu CD which is provided with every inverter. This program executes under Windows 98/NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional. Includes a Sub-D connector and an RS-232 standard cable (3 m). It can be directly mounted on the inverter or in a control cabinet door using a mounting kit. • DriveMonitor is a start-up software for listoriented programming of frequency inverters. STARTER). Parameter lists can be read out. stored. Connection by means of a 9-pin Sub-D connector (available as an option). 6SE6400-0BE00-0AA0 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 6GK1500-0FC00 6SE6400-1PC00-0AA0 6SE6400-0PM00-0AA0 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 Available on the Internet at: http://www4.siemens. The connection to the DeviceNet bus system is made using a 5-pin connector with terminal strip. 3 1) A shielded cable of type Belden 8132 (28 AWG) is recommended. Isolated RS-232 adapter module for reliable point-to-point connection to a PC. Values and units are shown on a 5-digit display. altered. Degree of protection IP56. Remote control of the inverter is possible with the PROFIBUS module. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the DeviceNet module. Connection kit for PC to inverter For controlling an inverter directly from a PC if the appropriate software has been installed (e.ad.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant independent options ■ Overview Basic Operator Panel 2 (BOP-2) With the BOP-2. DeviceNet module For networking the inverters to the DeviceNet fieldbus system widely used on the American market. individual parameter settings can be made. Start-up tools • STARTER is a graphic start-up software for guided start-up for MICROMASTER 410/420/ 430/440 frequency inverters under Windows NT/2000/ XP Professional. entered and printed. A maximum transmission rate of 500 kbaud is possible. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the PROFIBUS module. an inverter can be linked to the CANopen fieldbus system and remote control is then possible. Operator panel door mounting kit for single inverter For mounting an operator panel BOP-2 in a control cabinet door. Options Basic Operator Panel 2 (BOP-2) PROFIBUS module DeviceNet module CANopen module RS485/PROFIBUS bus connector Connection kit for PC to inverter Operator panel door mounting kit for single inverter Start-up tool STARTER on CD-ROM Order No. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the CANopen module. PROFIBUS module For a complete PROFIBUS connection with up to ˆ12 Mbaud. ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here are suitable for all MICROMASTER 430 inverters. Contains a cable adapter module with screwless terminals for use with user’s own RS-232 cables 1). The module is connected to the bus system through a 9-pin Sub-D connector.de/WW/view/com/10804985/133100 3/16 Siemens DA 51.

galvanically isolated supply • for terminating the serial interface bus or • for supplying the OLP (Optical Link Plug) max. max. internal from inverter or 24 V ± 10 %.5 mm in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 9 Hz 9.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant independent options ■ Technical data of the communication modules PROFIBUS module 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 DeviceNet module 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 Size (height x width x depth) Degree of protection Degree of pollution Strain resistance • Stationary • Transport Deflection Acceleration Deflection Acceleration Climatic category (during operation) Cooling method Permissible ambient or cooling agent temperature • Operation • Storage and transport Relative humidity (permissible humidity rating) • Operation • Storage and transport Electromagnetic compatibility Emission Interference Power supply 161 mm x 73 mm x 46 mm IP20 2 to IEC 60 664-1 (DIN VDE 0110/T1).8 m/s2 in the frequency range of 9 Hz to 500 Hz 3K3 to IEC 60 721-3-3 Natural air cooling –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) ˆ 85 % (non-condensing) ˆ 95 % to EN 55 011 (1991) Class A to IEC 60 801-3 and EN 61 000-4-3 6.15 mm in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 58 Hz 19. 250 and 500 Kbaud Siemens DA 51. 300 mA. 300 mA internal from inverter or 24 V. 100 mA. no condensation permitted during operation to IEC 60 068-2-6 (if module is installed correctly) 0. max. external 5 V ± 10 %. 12 Mbaud 3 6. 60 mA from DeviceNet-Bus – Output voltage Data transmission rate 125. max.5 V ± 5 %.6 m/s2 in the frequency range of 58 Hz to 500 Hz 3.2 · 2005/2006 3/17 . max. max.5 V ± 5 %. 350 mA.

ad.siemens.de/ WW/view/com/10804984/ 133100 3/18 Siemens DA 51. Available on the Internet: DriveMonitor at http://www4.de/ WW/view/com/10804985/ 133100 2) Available on the Internet at http://www.siemens. 50. supplied with each inverter.15 mm in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 58 Hz 19. 125. commissioning tools STARTER and DriveMonitor. no condensation permitted during operation to IEC 60 068-2-6 (if module is installed correctly) 0.MICROMASTER 430 Options Variant independent options ■ Technical data of the communication modules (continued) CANopen module 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 Size (height x width x depth) Degree of protection Degree of pollution Strain resistance • Stationary • Transport Deflection Acceleration Deflection Acceleration 3 Climatic category (during operation) Cooling method Permissible ambient or cooling agent temperature • Operation • Storage • Transport Relative humidity (permissible humidity rating) • Operation • Storage and transport Power supply Data transmission rate 161 mm x 73 mm x 46 mm IP20 2 to IEC 60 664-1 (DIN VDE 0110/T1).5 mm in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 9 Hz 9. 800 Kbaud and 1 Mbaud Documentation ■ Selection and ordering data Type of documentation Docu pack. containing CD-ROM 1) and Getting Started Guide 2) (paper version) Operating instructions2) (paper version) Language Multilanguage Order No.2 · 2005/2006 .siemens. 6SE6400-5AD00-1AP1 Parameter list 2) (paper version) German English French Italian Spanish German English French Italian Spanish 6SE6400-5AE00-0AP0 6SE6400-5AE00-0BP0 6SE6400-5AE00-0DP0 6SE6400-5AE00-0CP0 6SE6400-5AE00-0EP0 6SE6400-5AF00-0AP0 6SE6400-5AF00-0BP0 6SE6400-5AF00-0DP0 6SE6400-5AF00-0CP0 6SE6400-5AF00-0EP0 STARTER at http://www4. 250.ad.8 m/s2 in the frequency range of 9 Hz to 500 Hz 3K3 to IEC 60 721-3-3 Natural air cooling –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) ˆ 85 % (non-condensing) ˆ 95 % The CAN bus is supplied from the inverter power supply 10.com/ micromaster 1) The CD-ROM contains operating instructions.6 m/s2 in the frequency range of 58 Hz to 500 Hz 3. multilanguage. 20. parameter list. 500.

47) (9 245 .25) 275 (10.82) Inverter frame size E Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts 4 x M8 nuts 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.03) 245 (9.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 300 mm With the communication module.13) 616.6 5) 235 (9.2 · 2005/2006 3/19 . Drill pattern 204 (8.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 300 mm 275 (10.6 5) (9 245 .MICROMASTER 430 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 430 inverter Frame size C D E 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 7.27) 235 (9.6 8) 309 (12.5 kW to 30 kW 37 kW to 45 kW Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 100 mm (7 195 .82) Inverter frame size D Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts 4 x M8 nuts 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.59) ADA51-5021b ADA51-5020b 520 (20.91 inches).65) 174 (6.28) Inverter frame size C Fixing with 4 x M5 bolts 4 x M5 nuts 4 x M5 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.5 kW to 15 kW 18. the mounting depth increases for frame size C by 23 mm (0. But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.85) 185 (7.16) ADA51-5002d Inverter frame size C with gland plate Drill pattern ADA51-5009b Drill pattern 3 486 (19.25) 650 (25.4 (24. All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.

78) Inverter frame size F without filter Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts 4 x M8 nuts 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.46) 810 (31.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 350 mm (1 320 2. But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.MICROMASTER 430 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 430 inverter Frame size F 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 55 kW to 90 kW Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required at top and bottom: 350 mm 350 (13.78) Inverter frame size F with filter Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts 4 x M8 nuts 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.81) 350 (13. 6) 1110 (43.28) 300 (11. Drill pattern Drill pattern 850 (33.89) 3 ADA51-5022b ADA51-5023b 1150 (45.70) .2 · 2005/2006 (1 320 2. 6) All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 3/20 Siemens DA 51.81) 300 (11.

92) 1400 (55.12) 1375 (54. 6 06 ) (2 54 1.92) (4.83) Inverter frame size FX Fixing with 6 x M8 bolts 6 x M8 nuts 6 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 13.35) 1508 (59.92) (4.2 · 2005/2006 3/21 .92) (4. But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.92) (4.37) (1 35 4.MICROMASTER 430 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 430 inverter Frame size FX GX 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 110 kW to 132 kW 160 kW to 250 kW Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required: at top: 250 mm at bottom: 150 mm in front: 50 mm All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51. Drill pattern Drill pattern 125 125 (4. 5 46 ) 125 125 (4.92) 125 125 (4.13) G_DA51_EN_05074 G_DA51_EN_05075 1533 (60.83) Inverter frame size GX Fixing with 6 x M8 bolts 6 x M8 nuts 6 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 13.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required: at top: 250 mm at bottom: 150 mm in front: 40 mm 326 (12.92) 3 326 (12.92) 125 125 (4.

85) 54 (2.3 12.63) 270 (10.MICROMASTER 430 Dimension drawings ■ EMC filter 38 (1.2 · 2005/2006 .43) c 116 (4.57) 116 (4.87) 215 (8.65) 204 (8.45) Weight.0 EMC filter for frame sizes FX and GX All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 3/22 Siemens DA 51.45) 240 (9.03) a a1 3 EMC filter Class A Type 6SL30000BE32-5AA0 0BE34-4AA0 0BE36-0AA0 for inverter Frame size (FS) FX FX/GX GX G_DA51_XX_05103 Dimensions a 270 (10.75) b 200 (7.51) n3 210 (8.57) 140 (5.66) 220 (8.45) 265 (10.27) 210 (8.66) 240 (9. kg 12.17) 360 (14.2) a1 360 (14. approx.62) 232 (9.5) 185 (7.13) 174 (6.84) n4 220 (8.27) 250 (9.46) b1 240 (9.28) 156 (6.87) 200 (7.17) 400 (15.14) 4 x M5 219 (8.13) b1 n4 c b n3 ADA51-5012c EMC filter for frame size C 245 (9.63) 310 (12.3 19.

53) 125 (4.51) 185 (7.19) G_DA51_EN_05078a 320 (12.98) 460 (18.48) 240 (9.94) 290 (11.58) 355 (13.11) 460 (18.11) 520 (20.92) 140 (5.39) 264 (10.17) 360 (14.45) 300 (11.48) 190 (7.45) 240 (9.45) 264 (10.66) 235 (9.85) 382 (15.06) 240 (9.44) 6SE6400-3TD03-7DD0 6SE6400-3TD04-8DD0 6SE6400-3TD06-1DD0 6SE6400-3TD07-2ED0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FD0 6SE6400-3TD15-0FD0 n2 n1 6SE6400-3TD18-0FD0 a 278 (10.28) Drill pattern 174 (6.92) 120 (4.17) 420 (16.14) Fixing with M5 bolts LC filter 6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0 for frame size C b G_DA51_XX_05082 c LC filter Type for inverter Frame size (FS) D D D E E/F F F Dimensions G_DA51_EN_05081 3 c 230 (9.81) 300 (11.45) 220 (8.42) 345 (13.54) a Fixing with M10 bolts LC filter for frame sizes D to F All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.71) 125 (4.6) 156 (6.45) 240 (9.25) 250 (9.MICROMASTER 430 Dimension drawings ■ LC filter 140 (5.81) n2 190 (7.25) 235 (9.81) 360 (14.84) 290 (11.2 · 2005/2006 3/23 .47) b 240 (9.42) n1 115 (4.51) 173 (6.04) 335 (13.72) 145 (5.39) 316 (12.

MICROMASTER 430 Dimension drawings ■ Sinusoidal filter b n1 n2 n3 n4 c Sinusoidal filter for frame sizes FX and GX Sinusoidal filter Type 6SL30002CE32-3AA0 2CE32-8AA0 for inverter Frame size (FS) FX GX Dimensions a 300 (11.) kg 144.91) Weight (max.0 b 3 n1 n2 n3 n4 c Sinusoidal filter for frame size GX Sinusoidal filter Type 6SL30002CE33-3AA0 2CE34-1AA0 for inverter Frame size (FS) GX GX Dimensions a 370 (14.6) n1 280 (11.13) n3 225 (8.91) Weight (max.86) 225 (8.17) n1 320 (12.13) n3 225 (8.57) 370 (14.0 138.41) 620 (24.81) b 620 (24.41) 620 (24.81) 300 (11.02) 280 (11.91) 150 (5.2 · 2005/2006 .17) 360 (14.6) 320 (12.86) 225 (8.02) n2 105 (4.0 G_DA51_XX_00014 a G_DA51_XX_00013 a All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 3/24 Siemens DA 51.6) 320 (12.0 208.) kg 135.86) n4 150 (5.41) c 360 (14.13) 105 (4.6) n2 105 (4.86) n4 150 (5.57) b 620 (24.91) 150 (5.41) c 320 (12.13) 105 (4.

MICROMASTER 430
Dimension drawings

■ Line commutating chokes
c b c b

G_DA51_XX_05014e

a

a

Line commutating choke for Frame size C

Dimensions a b 280 185 (11.02) (7.28) c 50 (1.97)

Weight (max.) kg 2.3

Line commutating choke for Frame size D Frame size E

Dimensions a 520 (20.47) 650 (25.59) b 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) c 85 (3.35) 95 (3.74)

DA51-5051

Weight (max.) kg 9.5 17.0

Line commutating choke for frame size C

Line commutating choke for frame sizes D and E

c

b

G_DA51_XX_05052

Line commutating choke Type 6SE64003CC11-....

for inverter Frame size F

Dimensions a b c n1 n2 228 240 141 95 185 (8.98) (9.45) (5.55) (3.74) (7.28)

Weight (max.) kg 25.0

3

a

n2

n1

Line commutating choke for inverter frame size F

b c

G_DA51_XX_05053

Line commutating choke Type 6SL30000CE32-.... 0CE33-.... 0CE35-....

for inverter Dimensions Frame size (FS) a b FX 248 255 (9.76) (10.04) GX 248 255 (9.76) (10.04) GX 269 275 (10.59) (10.83)

Weight (max.) c 203 (7.99) 203 (7.99) 210 (8.27) n1 101 (3.98) 101 (3.98) 118 (4.65) n2 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 224 (8.82) kg 24.0 25.0 35.0

a

n1 n2

Line commutating choke for inverters of frame sizes FX and GX All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches)

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

3/25

MICROMASTER 430
Dimension drawings

■ Output chokes
c b

G_DA51_XX_05050a

Output chokes for

Dimensions a b c 245 185 80 (9.65) (7.28) (3.15)

Frame size C

Weight (max.) kg 5.6

a

Line commutating choke for frame size C

c

b

G_DA51_XX_05052

Output choke Type 6SE64003TC03-8DD0 3TC05-4DD0 3TC07-5ED0

for inverter Dimensions Frame size (FS) a b D D E E F F 210 (8.27) 210 (8.27) 248 (9.76) 210 (8.27) 321 (12.64) 248 (9.76) 225 (8.86) 225 (8.86) 270 (10.63) 225 (8.86) 350 (13.78) 270 (10.63)

c 179 (7.05) 150 (5.91) 209 (8.23) 150 (5.91) 288 (11.34) 209 (8.23)

3

n2

n1

3TC08-0ED0 3TC14-5FD0 3TC15-4FD0

Output chokes for inverters of size D, E and F

n1 n2 (to DIN 41308) 94 176 (3.70) (6.93) 70 176 (2.76) (6.93) 101 200 (3.98) (7.87) 70 176 (2.76) (6.93) 138 264 (5.43) (10.39) 101 200 (3.98) (7.87)

Weight (max.) kg 16.1 10.7 24.9 10.4 51.5 24.0

a

b c

Output choke Type 6SL30002BE32-1AA0
G_DA51_XX_05053

for inverter Dimensions Frame size (FS) a b FX FX GX GX GX 285 (11.22) 315 (12.4) 285 (11.22) 285 (11.22) 365 (14.37) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81)

c 257 (10.12) 277 (10.91) 257 (10.12) 277 (10.91) 277 (10.91)

n1 163 (6.42) 183 (7.2) 163 (6.42) 183 (7.2) 183 (7.2)

n2 224 (8.82) 224 (8.82) 224 (8.82) 224 (8.82) 224 (8.82)

Weight (max.) kg 60.0 66.0 62.0 73.0 100.0

2BE32-6AA0 2BE33-2AA0 2BE33-8AA0 2BE35-0AA0

a

n1 n2

Output chokes for inverters of size FX and GX

All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches)

3/26

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

Inverter MICROMASTER 440
4/2 4/4 4/6 4/9 4/12 4/26
Description Circuit diagrams Technical data Selection and ordering data Options Dimension drawings

4

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

4/1

guided start-up ■ Modular construction al- ■ Options (overview) ■ EMC filter. ■ ■ ■ ■ lows maximum configuration flexibility Six programmable isolated digital inputs Two scaleable analog inputs (0 V to 10 V. Its flexibility provides for a wide spectrum of applications. packaging machines etc. high-bay warehouses.e. 0 mA to 20 mA) can also be used as a 7th/8th digital input Two programmable analog outputs (0 mA to 20 mA) Three programmable relay outputs (30 V DC/5 A resistive load. Class A/B ■ LC filter and sinusoidal filter ■ Line commutating chokes ■ Output chokes ■ Gland plates ■ Basic Operator Panel ■ International standards ■ The MICROMASTER 440 ■ ■ 4 The inverter is especially characterized by its customer-oriented performance and easeof-use. The operator panels and modules can be easily exchanged. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ (BOP) for parameterizing the inverter Plain text Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) with multilanguage display Plain text Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) with Chinese and English display Communication modules – PROFIBUS – DeviceNet – CANopen Pulse encoder evaluation module PC connection kits Mounting kits for installing the operator panels in the control cabinet doors PC start-up tools executable under Windows 98 and NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional. These also include cranes and hoisting gear. Its large mains voltage range enables it to be used all over the world. ■ Design The MICROMASTER 440 inverter has a modular design. adjustable (observe derating if necessary) Complete protection for motor and inverter. inverter complies with the requirements of the EU lowvoltage guideline ■ The MICROMASTER 440 inverter has the > marking ■ acc. applications which require the frequency inverter to have a higher functionality and dynamic response than usual. production machines for food.2 · 2005/2006 . TIA integration with Drive ES 4/2 Siemens DA 51. to u and cu certified ✔ ■ c-tick ● Note: ■ See Appendix for standards. i. 250 V AC/2A inductive load) Low-noise motor operation thanks to high pulse frequencies.MICROMASTER 440 Description ■ Applications The MICROMASTER 440 inverter is suitable for a variety of variable-speed drive applications.. ■ Main characteristics ■ Easy. beverages and tobacco.

cycle time 300 s – VT mode 5. repeatable digital input response time Fine adjustment using two high-resolution 10-bit analog inputs Compound braking for controlled rapid braking Integrated brake chopper (for 0. and 1. 110 % overload capability) for 60 s. cycle time 300 s. and 1. and 1.e. 160 % overload capability) for 3 s.e. cycle time 300 s.e.e.5 kW to 90 kW: Overload current 1.12 kW to 75 kW: Overload current 1.12 kW to 75 kW inverters) Four skip frequencies Removable “Y” capacitor for use on IT systems (with non-grounded mains supplies.1 x rated output current (i. the “Y” capacitor must be removed and an output choke installed). 200 % overload capability) for 3 s. – CT mode 0. 0 s to 650 s Ramp smoothing Fast Current Limit (FCL) for trip-free operation Fast.4 x rated output current (i.36 x rated output current (i.5 x rated output current (i. 150 % overload capability) for 1 s. 110 % overload capability) for 59 s.1 x rated output current (i. mains and motor connections are separated for optimum electromagnetic compatibility Detachable operator panels Screwless control terminals on detachable I/O board.12 kW to 75 kW: –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) 90 kW to 200 kW: 0 °C to +40 °C (+32 °F to +104 °F) Compact housing as a result of high power density Easy cable connection. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ control High-quality Vector Control system Flux Current Control (FCC) for improved dynamic response and optimized motor control Linear V/f characteristic Quadratic V/f characteristic Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) Torque control Flying restart Slip compensation Automatic restart following mains failure or fault User-definable function blocks for logic and arithmetic operations Kinetic buffering Positioning ramp down High-grade PID controller for simple internal process control (autotuning) Programmable acceleration/deceleration. cycle time 300 s protection ■ Inverter overtemperature protection ■ Special direct connection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ for PTC or KTY to protect the motor Earth fault protection Short-circuit protection I2t motor thermal protection Locked motor protection Stall prevention Parameter interlock. cycle time 300 s 110 kW to 250 kW: Overload current 1.e.2 · 2005/2006 4/3 .e.MICROMASTER 440 Description ■ Mechanical features ■ Modular design ■ Operating temperature ■ Performance features ■ Latest IGBT technology ■ Digital microprocessor ■ ■ ■ Protection features ■ Overload capability ■ Overvoltage/undervoltage ■ ■ ■ ■ 0. 150 % overload capability) for 60 s.6 x rated output current (i.5 x rated output current (i.e. cycle time 300 s 90 kW to 200 kW: Overload current 1.e. 140 % overload capability) for 3 s. 4 Siemens DA 51. and 2 x rated output current (i. 136 % overload capability) for 57 s.

00 DIN1 ~ ~ Opto isolation = = Frame sizes A to F B+/DC+ DCBDCR 28 Motor PTC/ KTY 84 Frame sizes FX and GX DCNA DCPA Terminal for external brake unit Terminal for dv/dt Filter CPU DCNS DCPS = 3 ~ Relay 1 Not used 4 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load) 250 V AC/2 A (inductive load) COM Relay 2 22 NO 21 COM Relay 3 25 NO 24 NC 23 P+ 29 N30 RS485 COM link 0 . or L/L1.10 V voltage 50 Hz 1 2 DIP switch (on control board) ADC ADC 1 2 DIP switch on I/O board 1 2 G_DA51_EN_05024h PE CB option automatic U.20 mA current 0 . 100 mA (isolated) Output 0 V max.240 V 3 AC 380 . 500 26 27 COM 20 NO 19 NC 18 60 Hz D DAC2A D DAC1A A PTCB D Output +24 V max. L3 or L1.20 mA max. V.2 · 2005/2006 . N/L2. 500 12 13 DAC2+ 0 . N/L2.MICROMASTER 440 Circuit diagrams ■ General circuit diagram PE 1/3 AC 200 .20 mA max. W M 4/4 Siemens DA 51.640 V SI + 10 V 0V ADC1+ ADC1ADC2+ 10 24 V external DIN1 5 DIN2 6 DIN3 7 DIN4 8 DIN5 DIN6 + _ 24 V 16 17 16 DIN6 PNP or NPN 17 9 28 PTCA 14 15 DAC1+ 0 .480 V 3 AC 500 . L2. 100 mA (isolated) 8 DIN5 7 DIN4 6 DIN3 5 DIN2 11 BOP/AOP PE 1 2 ≥ 4. L3 BOP link RS232 150.7 k Ω 3 4 ADC2- AA/ DD AA/ DD L/L1.

frame size FX Mains connections View A Motor connections View A AIN1 AIN2 S1 S2 RL1-A RL1-B RL1-C 20 RL2-B RL2-C RL3-A RL3-B RL3-C G_DA51_EN_05107 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 DIP Switches: 0 mA to 20 mA or 0 V to 10 V Output relay contacts DAC1+ DAC1- PTC A 14 PTC B 18 15 DIN5 DIN6 DAC2+ DAC2- PE 0V 28 P+ N- 12 13 16 17 26 27 29 30 NPN *) Analog output 1 Digital inputs Analog output 2 RS-485 (USS-protocol) 4 +10 V 0V ADC1+ ADC1- DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 +24 V ADC2+ ADC2- (DIN7) (DIN8) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 PNP *) Voltage supply 10 V Analog input 1 Digital inputs Analog input 2 *) PNP or NPN possible Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 4/5 .MICROMASTER 440 Circuit diagrams ■ Terminal connection diagram Example.

compound braking. dimensions and weights (without options) Frame size (FS) A B C D E F without filter F with filter FX GX CFM: Cubic Flow per Minute Cooling-air volumetric flow required (l/s)/(CFM) 4. 110 % overload capability) for 59 s. cycle time 300 s 90 kW to 200 kW Overload current 1. flux current control (FCC) Pulse frequency 0. 30 V DC/5 A (resistive load). torque control. cycle time 300 s Inrush current not higher than rated input current Control method Vector control.e. 150 % overload capability) for 1 s. 200 % overload capability) for 3 s.e. 50 m (shielded). approx.5 x rated output current (i.2 24/51 54.5 kW to 90 kW Overload current 1. short-circuits. programmable Skip frequency ranges 4.5 kW) 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) 90 kW to 200 kW 2 kHz (standard with VT mode).3 3. quadratic V/f characteristic. programmable Setpoint resolution 0. 0 mA to 20 mA and –10 V to +10 V (AIN1) • 0 V to 10 V and 0 mA to 20 mA (AIN2) • both can be used as 7th/8th digital input 3.13 440/935 H 173 202 245 520 650 850 1150 1400 1533 xW x 73 x 149 x 185 x 275 x 275 x 350 x 350 x 326 x 326 x D. max.12 kW to 75 kW 4 kHz (standard). 100 m (shielded).12 kW to 75 kW Overload current 1.e.37 kW to 200 kW 7.MICROMASTER 440 Technical data ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter Mains voltage and power ranges CT (constant torque) VT (variable torque) 1 AC 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 0. optional RS-232 Relay outputs Analog outputs Serial interfaces Motor cable lengths without output choke 4 0.95 Inverter efficiency 0. switchable PNP/NPN Analog inputs 2 programmable analog inputs • 0 V to 10 V.e. cycle time 300 s and 1.12 kW to 5.9/2 x 116. 4 kHz (standard with CT mode) 2 kHz to 4 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) Fixed frequencies 15.e.e.1 x rated output current (i. 160 % overload capability) for 3 s.01 Hz serial 10 bit analog Digital inputs 6 fully programmable isolated digital inputs.6 x rated output current (i. 100 m (unshielded) 90 – 250 kW max.3 2 x 54.e. Class A or Class B to EN 55 011 available as an option (see Selection and Ordering Data) Inverter with internal filter Class A available Braking Resistance braking with DC braking. 110 % overload capability) for 60 s.7 17 22 56 75 116 176 4/6 Siemens DA 51. cycle time 300 s 110 kW to 250 kW Overload current 1.12 kW to 45 kW 5.9/2 x 116. >.79 225/478. and 1.36 x rated output current (i. overvoltage.79 150/317.e. overload. Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic).5 x rated output current (i. 140 % overload capability) for 3 s. parameter change protection ✔ Compliance with standards u.12 kW to 75 kW CT: –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) temperature VT: –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) (without derating) 90 kW to 200 kW 0 °C to +40 °C (+32 °F to +104 °F) Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) Relative humidity 95% (non-condensing) Installation altitude 0. 90 kW to 200 kW: 97 % to 98 % Overload capability – CT mode 0.5 kW to 90 kW Input frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz Output 0. max. cycle time 300 s and 2 x rated output current (i. (kg) x 149 x 172 x 195 x 245 x 245 x 320 x 320 x 356 x 545 1.3 150/317. and 1.12 kW to 75 kW inverters) Degree of protection IP20 Operating 0. motor over-temperature.12 kW to 75 kW 0 Hz to 650 Hz (in V/f mode) 0 Hz to 200 Hz (in vector mode) frequency 90 kW to 200 kW 0 Hz to 267 Hz (in V/f mode) 0 Hz to 200 Hz (in vector mode) Power factor ˜ 0.4 x rated output current (i. stall prevention.2 · 2005/2006 . c-tick ● > marking Conformity with low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC Cooling-air volumetric flow required.75 kW to 75 kW 1.9/116. 250 V AC/2A (inductive load) 2. linear V/f characteristic.3 2 x 54. inverter overtemperature. cu. integrated brake chopper (integrated brake chopper only with 0.5 kW to 250 kW 3 AC 500 V to 600 V ± 10 % 0.8/10. programmable (0/4 mA to 20 mA) RS-485.5 kW to 45 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V ± 10 % 0.4 5. 150 % overload capability) for 60 s.1 x rated output current (i. 150 m (unshielded) see variant dependent options with output choke Electromagnetic compatibility EMC filter. 16 kHz (standard with 230 V inverters 0. max.12 kW to 75 kW up to 1000 m above sea level without derating 90 kW to 200 kW up to 2000 m above sea level without derating Protection features for Undervoltage.12 – 75 kW max.12 kW to 75 kW: 96 % to 97 %. 136 % overload capability) for 57 s. cycle time 300 s – VT mode 5. locked motor protection.01 Hz digital 0. (mm) Weight. programmable. earth faults.12 kW to 3 kW – 3 AC 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 0.

4 22.5 84.0 113.0 26.5 19.0 22.3 3.0 43.5 3.8 41.9 10.5 1.8 21.4 13.3 1.4 13.75 2.0 34.1 5.6 5.1 5.1 2. since 16 kHz standard.9 2.1 17.9 90 178.6 37 75.0 12.3 50.7 1. No derating.5 37 52.0 33.0 32.3 9.0 1.2 22.6 3.8 8.2 71.6 16.5 Values correspond to the 4 kHz standard values.8 115.0 91.5 13.0 40.2 32.5 49.0 26.1 4.0 56.0 52.0 67.5 2.55 1.1 4.4 52.6 1.4 1.0 – – – – – 0.0 – – – Mains operating voltage 3 AC 500 V 0.5 77.6 4.0 3.8 1.6 37.8 8.0 32.9 5.0 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 400 V 0.4 6.4 1.0 31.5 10.5 87.0 – – – 200 370.4 79.7 3.0 8.5 104.3 64.3 1.6 22 45.3 15.3 0.5 58.0 52.3 3.7 1.MICROMASTER 440 Technical data ■ Derating data Pulse frequency Output Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz kW Mains voltage 1/3 AC 200 V 0.0 1.6 48.0 72.0 30 104.0 20.0 64.2 1.0 1.2 11.2 7.75 1.8 18.8 0.1 7.37 1.0 19.0 77.0 20.8 45 154.8 2.8 6.2 3.3 10.3 75 145.5 38.4 6.4 12.3 1.5 33.0 67.2 7.0 16.2 69.4 1.2 59.8 33.0 27.4 15 54.2 15.6 0.2 46.5 30 62.3 55 77.4 47.0 112.5 9.0 39.0 43.6 20.8 8.5 2.0 – – – 132 250.9 2.7 3.6 7.5 10.6 1.8 49.2 1.8 24.7 1.4 4.0 14.0 32.2 1.8 27.4 16.0 1.9 38.0 32.5 1.2 · 2005/2006 4/7 .2 9.0 22.1 6.8 45 62.6 4 Siemens DA 51.5 37.5 4.0 27.3 4.7 2.0 52.0 51.6 0.4 78.2 1.3 1.1 8.0 17.0 30.5 68.4 40.4 5.2 2.2 11.6 5.0 7.5 3.9 5.3 2.6 0.6 42.4 28.6 11.9 6.9 2.0 6.4 20.7 4.0 18.5 45 90.7 6.0 48.6 9.0 64.0 12.8 1.2 2.8 3.7 6.6 18.6 34.0 – – – 110 205.8 2.8 68.0 84.8 4.12 to 5.3 13.0 17.0 40.4 22 80.5 28.6 22.0 24.4 45. 7.1 3.8 52.5 60.8 21.2 37 130.4 11 42.1 4.2 5.0 63.9 13.4 15.0 15.4 27.8 15.8 55 110.0 58.6 61.0 1.1 3.9 2.2 5.4 26.6 29.3 7.4 16.0 14.0 134.3 1.2 1.0 92.0 40.9 2.8 97.2 37.0 65.0 62.0 6.2 1.7 1.0 37.0 31.2 18.4 19.1 1.5 11.8 – – – – – 0.8 40.5 44.6 3.6 13.2 2.2 19.8 2.0 – – – 160 302.5 36.0 78.0 16.0 76.8 22 32.2 8.0 75 99.1 9.4 2.0 0.9 1.0 26.8 30 41.1 3.4 5.4 57.1 2.0 30.0 18.6 43.0 23.7 1.6 5.0 57.5 11.7 43.6 25.8 18.5 63.9 55.8 25.2 37.1 15.0 93.2 54.0 10.6 6.5 – – – – – 0.2 2.5 27.5 4.0 70.9 4.6 25.2 11.5 1.5 6.2 30.

MICROMASTER 440 Technical data ■ Derating data (continued) Operating temperature Inverter 0. possible mains voltage Inverter 0.2 · 2005/2006 .12 kW to 75 kW ADA51-5018c Inverter 90 kW to 200 kW ADA51-5046 Rated output current 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Rated output current 100 % 80 100 85 80 % 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Permissible mains voltage in % of the max.12 kW to 75 kW G_DA51_EN_05026c Inverter 90 kW to 200 kW ) .12 kW to 75 kW ADA51-5019b Inverter 90 kW to 200 kW ADA51-5019b Mains voltage 4 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Mains voltage 100 % 80 77 100 % 80 77 60 40 20 0 0 1000 2000 3000 m 4000 Operational altitude Operational altitude 4/8 Siemens DA 51. ) #  #  " % = Rated output current 4 = JA @  K JF K J? K HHA 100 % 80 70 60 50 40 20 0 -10 0 10 20 VT CT    & # &   $  "   J 30 40 50 60 °C 70 Operating temperature      !  "  F A H= JE C JA + # # " # F A H= JK HA Installation height above sea level Permissible output current in % of the rated output current Inverter 0.

0 169.6 7.25 0.75 1.37 0.12 0.5 16 16 16 20 20 56 56 56 6SE6440-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD37-5FA1 4 2) Generally suited to heavy industrial applications.25 0.3 5.37 0.50 0.2 11.55 0.5 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 – – – – – – – – – 5.16 0.4 10.0 135.9 0.5 22 30 37 45 55 – – – – – – – – – 7.0 60 135.5 22 30 37 45 0.0 22 30 43.5 2.0 72.5 7.3 1.9 1.MICROMASTER 440 Selection and ordering data ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter without filter 2) CT (constant torque) Output Rated input current 1) kW hp A Rated output current A VT (variable torque) Output Rated input current 1) kW hp A Rated output current A MICROMASTER 440 without filter 2) Frame Weight.1 4.3 1.0 15.6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – A A A A A B B B C 1.0 14. applicable at short-circuit voltage of the supply Usc = 2 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains operating voltage of 240 V or 400 V without a line commutating choke.3 1.5 16 16 16 20 20 55 55 55 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UC27-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-1DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-8EA1 6SE6440-2UC32-2EA1 6SE6440-2UC33-0FA1 6SE6440-2UC33-7FA1 6SE6440-2UC34-5FA1 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 0.0 59.0 5.50 2.55 0.5 5.12 0.9 1.0 3.3 3.0 18.5 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 0.8 3.3 34.0 20 33.5 2 3 4 1.2 · 2005/2006 4/9 .2 15 38.0 0.75 2.1 5.0 40 96.5 11.3 5.75 1.0 37 50 72. size approx.5 0. Siemens DA 51.5 2.0 87.0 19.3 5.0 15.2 3.0 8.7 1.5 3.5 10 22.3 3.4 13.0 75 100 139.0 – – – – – – – – 19 26 32 38 45 62 75 90 110 145 178 A A A A A B B B C C C D D D E E F F F 1.3 3.3 3.0 50.4 2.1 1.2 13. 1.3 1.0 25 62.3 3.8 37.5 10 34.3 3.0 18.0 1) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point.1 1.0 4.0 164.3 3.8 18.33 1.0 62.0 5.3 3.3 3.2 8.0 139.7 7.0 18.2 4.0 55 75 104.1 33.0 104.0 0.75 1.0 10.1 15.0 15.5 5.7 2.2 0.0 11.8 0.0 3.3 3.2 19 26 32 38 45 62 75 90 110 145 – – – – – – – – 7.4 13.0 43.5 15.5 26.1 0.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 – – – – – – – – 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 – – – – – – – – 17.3 3.3 1.9 2.3 1.3 1.5 7.7 1.6 17.33 0.0 71.6 1.55 0.0 30 40 59.75 1.5 11.0 – – – – – – – – – 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 178 A A A A A B B B C C C D D D E E F F F 1.2 3.0 15.9 5. Order No.7 0.5 11.7 2.2 35.7 10.7 4.50 2.37 0.6 6.0 7.0 4.3 3. (FS) kg Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 0.5 5.0 4.0 3.7 2.3 1.5 25 37.0 15 23.5 2.0 5.5 7.0 114.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 11.2 3.5 4.75 3.3 1.0 50 114.8 5.6 5.9 5.5 7.4 20.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 – – – – – – – – – 28.4 10.3 1.0 4.5 5.3 1.5 7.0 96.9 7.0 12.3 1.2 3.3 1. For details please refer to Appendix on page A/4.0 30 71.0 45 60 87.2 38.0 20 50.16 1.5 6.3 23.

applicable at short-circuit voltage of the supply USC = 2 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains operating voltage of 500 V without a line commutating choke.0 2) 69.0 1) 3.0 1) 442. approx.33 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains operating voltage of 400 V.0 5.0 2) 35.0 2) 113.0 1) 245.5 7.MICROMASTER 440 Selection and ordering data ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter without filter 3) (continued) CT (constant torque) Output kW hp Rated input current A Rated output current A VT (variable torque) Output kW hp Rated input current A Rated output current A MICROMASTER 440 without filter 3) Frame size (FS) Weight.9 2) 30.0 2) 83. For details please refer to Appendix on page A/4.0 2) 48.0 1) 245.sea.4 2) 6.5 2. Mains operating voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 90 110 132 160 200 125 150 200 250 300 169. A BOP.0 18.0 3. AOP or other options have to be ordered separately (see Pages 4/16 to 4/22).0 2) 205 250 302 370 477 FX FX GX GX GX 110 116 170 174 176 6SE6440-2UD38-8FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-1FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-3GA1 6SE6440-2UD41-6GA1 6SE6440-2UD42-0GA1 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 500 V to 600 V 0. All MICROMASTER 440 inverters are supplied with a Status Display Panel (SDP).0 1) 354.9 6.0 2) 58.1 2) 11.0 3.4 2. 4/10 Siemens DA 51.0 15.0 2) 113.2 2) 4.0 2) 35.5 5. applicable at short-circuit voltage of the supply Usc ˜ 2. This catalog is suitable for IEC motors.0 2) 48.1 2) 14.0 2.0 2) 3.5 16 16 16 20 20 56 56 56 6SE6440-2UE17-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE21-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE22-2CA1 6SE6440-2UE24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UE25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UE31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UE32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UE33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UE33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UE34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE37-5FA1 See Appendix for note on ordering.0 1) 200.0 15.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 1.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 1.4 2) 12.2 4.siemens.7 2) 5. 2) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point.9 2) 30.5 5.0 1) 2.3 2) 8.5 5. ■ Motors for MICROMASTER 440 Catalog M 11 contains selection and ordering data for motors which are particularly suitable for operation with the MICROMASTER 440 inverters (see Appendix for overview).75 1.0 7.0 5.5 2) 24.5 2.5 7.0 1) 297.0 2) 83.0 2) 58.0 2) 69.5 5.com/ motors 4 1) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point.5 11.2 4.0 2) 178 205 250 302 370 110 132 160 200 250 150 200 250 300 350 200.0 18.2 · 2005/2006 .0 5.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 C C C C C C C D D D E E F F F 5. For motors according to US standards (NEMA) please refer to: http://www.7 3.9 2) 9.5 5.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 2.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 1.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 2. kg Order No.9 6.7 3.0 1) 297.5 11.0 1) 354.1 2) 24.0 2) 138.4 2) 21.0 5. 3) Generally suited to heavy industrial applications.5 5.6 2) 18.0 7.

A BOP.5 7.8 15.0 5.55 0.4 3.0 104. (FS) kg Mains operating voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V 0. This catalog is suitable for IEC motors.0 23.3 1.3 3.0 7.8 37.2 8.0 18.4 3.2 3.2 11.0 1. applicable at short-circuit voltage of the supply Usc = 2 % with reference to the inverter rated power and rated mains operating voltage of 240 V or 400 V without a line commutating choke.9 7. AOP or other options have to be ordered separately (see Pages 4/16 to 4/22).3 1.0 5.0 – – – 19 26 32 38 45 62 75 90 110 145 178 B B B C C C D D D E E F F F 3.siemens.4 3.2 · 2005/2006 4/11 .sea.3 1.9 5.4 3.0 87.0 15.7 10.0 15.5 2 3 4 1.5 11.75 1.6 22.0 5.0 18.0 3.0 59.0 43.8 37.7 5.5 7.6 17.7 2.5 2.5 0.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 3.3 3.0 139.0 169.16 0.6 6.6 19.0 7.5 10.4 26 32 38 45 62 75 90 110 145 – – – 7.7 6SE6440-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC25-5CA1 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 2.3 1.75 1.0 – 28.7 26.0 12.6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – A A A A A B B B C 1. Order No.7 5. Siemens DA 51.MICROMASTER 440 Selection and ordering data ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter with internal filter Class A CT (constant torque) Output kW hp Rated input current 1) A Rated output current A VT (variable torque) Output kW hp Rated input current 1) A Rated output current A MICROMASTER 440 with internal filter Class A 2) Frame Weight.2 – 22 28 C C C 5.5 13.5 – 7.4 5.2 13.0 104.0 – 5.com/ motors 4 1) Supplementary conditions: Input current at rated operating point.0 4.3 34.7 5.2 4. 2) Use of MICROMASTER inverters with internal filter is not permissible on non-grounded mains supplies.0 87.8 3.0 5.0 4.0 0.0 72.0 139.9 1.5 15.4 10.0 72. size approx.37 0.1 1.0 59.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 7. All MICROMASTER 440 inverters are supplied with a Status Display Panel (SDP).5 7.33 0. For motors according to US standards (NEMA) please refer to: http://www.50 0.7 17 17 17 22 22 75 75 75 6SE6440-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2AD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2AD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2AD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2AD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2AD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD37-5FA1 See Appendix for note on ordering.5 11.7 6SE6440-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6440-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6440-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6440-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6440-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AB23-0CA1 Mains operating voltage 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3.0 43.4 13.1 33.5 22.25 0.5 10.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 – – – 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 – – – 17.0 14.6 23.5 4.2 18.2 35. ■ Motors for MICROMASTER 440 Catalog M 11 contains selection and ordering data for motors which are particularly suitable for operation with the MICROMASTER 440 inverters (see Appendix for overview).7 5.2 3.12 0.0 4.4 20.4 5.1 33.0 5.

2 A/90 A 147.2 A – 32. Class B Filter for inverters without an internal filter for • 3 AC 200 V to 240 V.5 A/62 A 101 A/77 A 127. Class B Available for inverters with an internal Class A EMC filter. length of 25 m. • Frame sizes D to F: The LC filters. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011.5 A/99 A – – – – 4/12 Siemens DA 51. For inverters 15 kW to 75 kW without filters. length of 25 m to 50 m (depending on the type. Please note when using LC filters/sinusoidal filters: • Only V/f.2 A/52 A 78. The leakage currents are reduced to < 3. Class B. Due to leakage flux lines caused by physical sources. Leakage currents: The leakage currents of the inverters with/without filter (internal/external) may exceed 30 mA. The exact values depend on the design.2 A/90 A 112. Interference-free operation with residual current operated devices with a trigger value of 30 mA cannot be guaranteed. a minimum distance of 100 mm to adjacent modules and metal parts is recommended.1 A 22.5 kW) For frame size B (2.5 to 11 kW) For frame size D (15 kW) For frame size D (18. B and C. a minimum distance of 50 mm to adjacent modules and metal parts is recommended. EMC filter. EMC filters of Class B from Schaffner can be used. ■ Technical data 4 LC filter and sinusoidal filter Mains voltage Current (at 40 °C/50 °C) For frame size A (0. With this filter. details on request).2 A/10.0 A/6. All other inverters can be supplied with an internal Class A filter. Class B. length of 25 m.7 A 38. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max.5 kW) For frame size D (22 kW) For frame size E (30 kW) For frame size E (37 kW) For frame size F (45 kW) For frame size F (55 kW) For frame size F (75 kW) For frame size FX (90 kW and 110 kW) For frame size GX (132 kW) For frame size GX (160 kW) For frame size GX (200 kW) 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 4. without an internal EMC filter Class A.2 A/45 A 76. Filter Class B with low leakage currents EMC filter for 1 AC 200 V to 240 V inverters. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. Class A Filter for inverters without an internal filter for • 3 AC 200 V to 240 V. frame sizes A and B • 3 AC 380 V to 480 V.8 A/32 A 53 A/41 A 63. frame sizes A and B • 3 AC 380 V to 480 V. frame size A. GX Filters for frame sizes FX and GX are only permitted to be used in combination with a line commutating choke. Please refer to the Instruction Manual for details. length of 5 m.9 A/110 A 181.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Overview EMC filter. frame sizes D to F. frame size A.6 A/27 A 41. operation with residual current circuit-breakers with a trigger value of 300 mA is possible.9 A/38 A 63. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. frame sizes A and B.75 to 4 kW) For frame size C (5. Class B. LC filter and sinusoidal filter The LC filter/sinusoidal filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive charge/ discharge currents which usually occur with inverter operation.2 · 2005/2006 . Due to leakage flux lines caused by physical sources.4 A/17 A 27.6 A/29.1 A 11. FX.8 A/32 A 45.37 to 1. Additional EMC filter. length of 25 m.5 A/4. Use of an output choke isn’t required with that. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. FCC control permissible • Please observe the derating of 15 % when selecting the appropriate inverter • Operation only permissible with 4 kHz pulse frequency Note: Please observe derating for frame sizes FX and GX. However.6 A/145 A 225 A/191 A 276 A/235 A 333 A/283 A 408 A/347 A 3 AC 500 V to 600 V – – 9. environment and cable lengths. With this filter. With this filter. frame sizes FX and GX.2 to 4 kW) For frame size C (0.5 A/62 A 112. The requirements are fulfilled using shielded cables with a max. This means that much longer shielded motor cables are possible when using LC filters/sinusoidal filters and the service life of the motor achieves values similar to those with direct mains operation. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011. are designed for mounting upright in the control cabinet. frame sizes A. • Frame sizes FX and GX: The sinusoidal filters. • The output frequency is limited to 150 Hz. are designed for mounting upright in the control cabinet. The LC filters/sinusoidal filters can be used for all MICROMASTER 440 inverters of frame sizes A to GX.5 A/22 A 32.5 mA. the inverter complies with the emission standard EN 55 011. Typical values in practice are between 10 mA and 50 mA.

0 Nm to 20.0 Nm 14.0 Nm to 12. litz wire or terminal Output. approx.0 Nm to 4. 1V2.5 kg 135 kg 138 kg to 208 kg 1.2 · 2005/2006 4/13 .0 Nm 6.5 % Pn 100 % Pn 12. For frame size A For frame size B For frame size C For frame size D For frame size E For frame size F For frame size FX For frame size GX Siemens DA 51.5 kg to 67 kg 67 kg to 77.5 Nm to 1.0 Nm 100 % Pn 80 % Pn 100 % Pn 80 % Pn Installation altitude For frame sizes A to C For frame sizes D to F For frame sizes FX and GX Mounting position For frame sizes A to C For frame sizes D to F.0 Nm 2.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Technical data (continued) LC filter and sinusoidal filter Limiting of motor overvoltage dV/dt limiting Pulse frequency Max.0 Nm to 31. 1V1. 1W1 1U2.5 Nm to 5.0 Nm to 6. FX and GX Ventilation clearances For frame sizes A to C For frame sizes D to F.5 % derating for each 1000 m 100 % Pn 7.0 Nm 3.5 kg to 29 kg 21 kg to 34 kg 49. motor frequency Max. non-condensing IP20 (to EN 60 529) IP00/IP20 (to EN 60 529 with terminal covers) IP00 H (180 °C) Operation –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) to +50 °C (to +122 °F) Storage –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) Operation –10 °C to +40 °C (+14 °F to +104 °F) to +55 °C (to +131 °F) Storage –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) Up to 2000 m: 2000 to 4000 m: Up to 1000 m: 1000 to 4000 m: Up to 2000 m: 2000 to 4000 m: Footprint or suspended upright Top 100 mm Bottom 100 mm Side 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 1U1. permissible motor cable lengths For frame sizes A to F For frame sizes FX and GX Insulation strength Electromagnetic compatibility For frame sizes A to F For frame sizes FX and GX Conformity Approvals Strain resistance Humidity Degree of protection For frame sizes A to C For frame sizes D to F For frame sizes FX and GX Insulation class Temperature range For frame sizes A to F For frame sizes FX and GX ˆ 1078 V ˆ 500 V/ms 4 kHz 150 Hz shielded unshielded shielded unshielded 200 m 300 m 300 m 450 m Overvoltage category III to VDE 0110 Up to 200 m motor cable length with emissions to Class A according to EN 55 011 in conjunction with filtered inverters and unshielded cables Up to 150 m motor cable length with emissions to Class A according to EN 55 011 in conjunction with filtered inverters and unshielded cables CE according to the low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC cUL E 219022 EN 60 068-2-31 95 % humidity. 1W2 Terminal cross-section Torque – 16 mm2 35 mm2 50 mm2 95 mm2 150 mm2 – 7 kg 11 kg 8.8 Nm 2.5 % derating for each 1000 m Top Side Input. terminals Torque for conductor connections For frame sizes A to C For frame sizes D to F 4 For frame sizes FX and GX Weight. FX and GX Connection system 100 % Pn 62.0 Nm 10.

In addition. Gland plate Gland plates are available for inverters of frame sizes A. If the line impedance is < 1 %. Brake resistors The brake resistors are designed for use with the MICROMASTER 440 inverter series. During braking of the motor and the load. line commutating chokes reduce the effects of harmonics on the inverter and the power supply. . For devices with 250 W and 350 W. No limits are currently defined in the EN 61 000-3-2 standard for professionally used devices with a connected load >1 kW which means that the inverters with an output power ˜ 0. . excess energy is fed back to the inverter. . For MICROMASTER 440 inverters of frame sizes FX and GX.-. ■ Technical data Max. This causes the voltage to rise in the DC link.2 · 2005/2006 . 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 Max. Frame size (FS) A A B C C D to F FX FX GX GX GX Output choke Type 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD2 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC01-8CE3 6SE6400-3TC.10). For max.75 kW comply with the EN 61 000-3-2 standard. the gland plates are integrated. permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output chokes The following table shows the maximum permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output chokes. there are special aspects for drives with 250 W to 550 W and 230 V single-phase supplies which can be used in non-industrial applications (1st environment). with internal brake chopper and enable loads with a large moment of inertia to be braked quickly. The gland plate enables the shields of the power and control cables to be terminated ensuring optimum EMC performance. external SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES brake units and the appropriate brake resistors can be used (see Catalog DA 65. permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) for a mains voltage of 200 V to 240 V ± 10 % 380 V to 400 V ± 10 % 401 V to 480 V ± 10 % 200 m/300 m – – 200 m/300 m 150 m/225 m 100 m/150 m 200 m/300 m 150 m/225 m 100 m/150 m 200 m/300 m 200 m/300 m 100 m/150 m – – – 200 m/300 m 200 m/300 m 200 m/300 m – 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m – 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m – 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m – 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m – 300 m/450 m 300 m/450 m Note: Operation up to 150 Hz output frequency only! 4 500 V to 600 V ± 10 % – – – – 100 m/150 m 200 m/300 m – – – – – 4/14 Siemens DA 51. The inverter transfers the excess energy to the externally mounted braking resistor.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Overview Line commutating choke Line commutating chokes are used to smooth voltage peaks or to bridge commutating dips. B and C. it is necessary either to fit the recommended input chokes or to apply to the power utility company for authorization to connect the devices to the public power supply. permissible cable lengths. Output choke Output chokes can be supplied for reducing the capacitive compensation currents and dV/dt in the case of motor cables >50 m (shielded) or >100 m (unshielded). frame sizes A to F. a line commutating choke must be used in order to reduce the current peaks. . see the Technical Data. In frame sizes D onwards. In line with EN 61 000-3-2 regulations “Limits for harmonic currents with device input current ˆ16 A per phase”.

2 · 2005/2006 4/15 . the line choke must be located on the left of the inverter. it must. G. therefore. mounted directly below the frequency inverter if possible. EMC filter (position 1) and line choke (position 2) Availability of the options as footprint components Frame size A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Line commutating choke EMC filter LC filter Output choke Braking resistor B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ C ✓ ✓ ✓ D ✓ E ✓ F G FX GX Recommended combinations of inverters and options Frequency inverter Frame size Footprint Position 1 Mounted on side To the left of the inverter (for line-side components) – – – – Position 2 A and B EMC filter EMC filter or Line commutating choke EMC filter or Line commutating choke EMC filter or Line commutating choke or Braking resistor EMC filter EMC filter or Line commutating choke LC filter Line commutating choke Output choke or LC filter Braking resistor – To the right of the inverter (for output-side components) Output choke and/or Braking resistor Braking resistor – – G_DA51_EN_05016d 4 C Line commutating choke Output choke – – – – EMC filter and/or Line commutating choke EMC filter Output choke and/or Braking resistor Braking resistor Braking resistor Output choke or LC filter and/or Braking resistor Output choke or LC filter and/or Braking resistor D and E Line commutating choke F. If a line choke and LC filter are used.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Design General installation instructions ■ A maximum of two footprint ■ The EMC filter must be components plus inverter are permissible. if possible. ■ If mounted on the side. Position 2 Position 1 Example of installation with frequency inverter. if possible. If an LC filter of frame size C is used. ■ If an LC filter is used. be mounted directly on the wall of the control cabinet due to reasons relating to temperature increases. it must. FX and GX – – EMC filter and/or Line commutating choke Siemens DA 51. only one footprint component is permissible. the line-side components are to be mounted to the left of the frequency inverter whereas the output-side components are to be mounted to the right of the frequency inverter. Required spacing: 75 mm. ■ If a braking resistor is used. be mounted directly on the wall of the control cabinet due to weight reasons.

55 0.0 5.75 1. available from Schaffner 6SE6400-3CC00-6AD3 6SE6400-3CC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3CC01-4BD3 6SE6400-3CC02-2CD3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC04-4DD0 6SE6400-3CC05-2DD0 6SE6400-3CC08-3ED0 6SE6400-3CC11-2FD0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-3CC11-7FD0 6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 6SE6400-3CC00-4CE3 6SE6400-3CC00-8CE3 6SE6400-3CC02-4CE3 6SE6400-3CC04-4DD0 6SE6400-3CC08-3ED0 6SE6400-3CC11-2FD0 4/16 Siemens DA 51.0 5.50 0.33 0.5 22 30 37 45 0.16 0.0 3.0 7.0 7.0 0. of the options EMC filter.0 4.75 1.5 7.0 4.0 3.0 0.5 7.0 5. chokes.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 0.2 · 2005/2006 .1 1.5 2.0 15.0 15. gland plates.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 The inverter and the associated options have the same voltage ratings. Inverter without filter 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UC27-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-1DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-8EA1 6SE6440-2UC32-2EA1 6SE6440-2UC33-0FA1 6SE6440-2UC33-7FA1 6SE6440-2UC34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD37-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD38-8FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-1FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-3GA1 6SE6440-2UD41-6GA1 6SE6440-2UD42-0GA1 6SE6440-2UE17-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE21-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE22-2CA1 6SE6440-2UE24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UE25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UE31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UE32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UE33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UE33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UE34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE37-5FA1 3 AC 200 V to 240 V Order No.0 15.2 3.75 1.0 4.50 0.37 0.5 7.16 0.0 18. Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Output kW 0.5 2. All options are certified to *) Must be used in combination with a line commutating choke.75 1.25 0. Class B.2 4.0 1.75 1.75 1.1 1.5 2.0 5.0 2. The 3NE1 fuses are u-listed (equivalent to U).37 0.0 3.5 11.0 18.5 2.0 5.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 1.5 2.37 0.0 7.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 hp 0.33 0. brake resistors.0 4.0 18.75 1.2 3. fuses and circuitbreakers) must be selected to match the respective inverter. except fuses.0 4. u.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here (filters. Class A – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-2FA00-6AD0 EMC filter.5 11.55 0.25 0.2 3.0 5.0 1.5 2.50 0.55 0.5 11.1 1.12 0. Class B 6SE6400-2FL01-0AB0 with low leakage currents Line commutating choke 6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 6SE6400-2FL02-6BB0 with low leakage currents – 6SE6400-2FB00-6AD0 6SE6400-3CC02-6BB3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CB3 6SE6400-3CC00-3AC3 6SE6400-3CC00-5AC3 6SE6400-2FA01-4BC0 – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-2FA00-6AD0 6SE6400-2FB01-4BC0 – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-2FB00-6AD0 6SE6400-3CC00-8BC3 6SE6400-3CC01-4BD3 6SE6400-3CC01-7CC3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC05-2DD0 6SE6400-3CC08-8EC0 6SE6400-3CC11-7FD0 6SE6400-3CC00-2AD3 6SE6400-3CC00-4AD3 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 4 3 AC 500 V to 600 V – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0 *) 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 *) 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 *) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – EMC filter.0 3.12 0.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 0.0 1.5 2.

5 11.1 1.0 4.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 hp 0.5 2.1 1.0 4.0 3.0 4.75 1.0 7.5 2.0 4.0 4. of the options LC/sinusoidal filter – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-3TD00-4AD0 Output choke 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 Brake resistors 6SE6400-4BC05-0AA0 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 6SE6400-4BC11-2BA0 6SE6400-4BC12-5CA0 6SE6400-4BC05-0AA0 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD2 6SE6400-4BC11-2BA0 6SE6400-4BC12-5CA0 6SE6400-4BC13-0CA0 6SE6400-4BC18-0DA0 6SE6400-4BC21-2EA0 6SE6400-4BC22-5FA0 6SE6400-4BD11-0AA0 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 6SE6400-3TD01-0BD0 6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0 6SE6400-3TD03-7DD0 6SE6400-3TD04-8DD0 6SE6400-3TD06-1DD0 6SE6400-3TD07-2ED0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FD0 6SE6400-3TD15-0FD0 6SE6400-3TD18-0FD0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 6SE6400-3TD01-0CE0 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 6SE6400-3TC01-8CE3 6SE6400-4BD12-0BA0 6SE6400-4BD16-5CA0 6SE6400-4BD21-2DA0 6SE6400-4BD22-2EA0 6SE6400-4BD24-0FA0 – – – – – 6SE6400-4BE14-5CA0 4 3 AC 500 V to 600 V 6SE6400-3TD02-3CE0 6SE6400-4BE16-5CA0 6SE6400-3TD02-3DE0 6SE6400-3TD03-2DE0 6SE6400-3TD03-7DE0 6SE6400-3TD04-8EE0 6SE6400-3TD06-1EE0 6SE6400-3TD07-1FE0 6SE6400-3TD10-0FE0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FE0 6SE6400-3TC03-2DE0 6SE6400-3TC06-2FE0 6SE6400-3TC08-8FE0 6SE6400-4BE21-3DA0 6SE6400-4BE21-8EA0 6SE6400-4BE24-2FA0 Siemens DA 51.0 7.5 7.0 5.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 0.0 5.25 0.5 2.0 1.2 3.0 5.55 0.0 18.0 3.5 2.0 0.0 15.12 0.2 4.0 5.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 Inverter without filter 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UC27-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-1DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-8EA1 6SE6440-2UC32-2EA1 6SE6440-2UC33-0FA1 6SE6440-2UC33-7FA1 6SE6440-2UC34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD37-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD38-8FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-1FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-3GA1 6SE6440-2UD41-6GA1 6SE6440-2UD42-0GA1 6SE6440-2UE17-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE21-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE22-2CA1 6SE6440-2UE24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UE25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UE31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UE32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UE33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UE33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UE34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE37-5FA1 Order No.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 1.5 11.37 0.5 7.33 0.0 15.2 3.0 18.0 15.5 22 30 37 45 0.37 0.0 0.0 1.37 0.12 0.5 2.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 0.0 5.5 2.75 1.75 1.0 1.25 0.50 0.0 7.5 11.55 0.50 0.2 · 2005/2006 4/17 .33 0.5 2.0 3.0 3.75 1.50 0.5 7.0 18.0 2.2 3.16 0.75 1.16 0.1 1.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Output kW 0.0 5.55 0.75 1.75 1.

.75 1. .5 7. 3VL3720...75 1. . 3VL1716.33 0. 3VL4731.12 0.0 3.1 1.0 7. . 3VL3725.37 0.55 0.0 4.0 18... .25 0. . .5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 Inverter without filter 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC11-2AA1 6SE6440-2UC12-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UC15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UC21-1BA1 6SE6440-2UC21-5BA1 6SE6440-2UC22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UC27-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-1DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UC31-8EA1 6SE6440-2UC32-2EA1 6SE6440-2UC33-0FA1 6SE6440-2UC33-7FA1 6SE6440-2UC34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD13-7AA1 6SE6440-2UD15-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD17-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-1AA1 6SE6440-2UD21-5AA1 6SE6440-2UD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2UD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2UD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD37-5FA1 6SE6440-2UD38-8FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-1FA1 6SE6440-2UD41-3GA1 6SE6440-2UD41-6GA1 6SE6440-2UD42-0GA1 6SE6440-2UE17-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE21-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE22-2CA1 6SE6440-2UE24-0CA1 6SE6440-2UE25-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE27-5CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-1CA1 6SE6440-2UE31-5DA1 6SE6440-2UE31-8DA1 6SE6440-2UE32-2DA1 6SE6440-2UE33-0EA1 6SE6440-2UE33-7EA1 6SE6440-2UE34-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE35-5FA1 6SE6440-2UE37-5FA1 Order No.0 5.5 2.0 4...0 1.. of options Gland plate 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 Fuses (see LV 10) 3NA3 3NE1 (U) l 3NA3803 3NA3805 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3817 3NA3803 3NA3805 3 AC 200 V to 240 V l 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 Integrated as standard 3NA3807 3NA3810 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3820 3NA3824 3NA3830 3NA3832 3NA3140 3NA3142 3NA3144 3NA3803 3NE1817-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE1022-0 3NE1225-0 3NE1225-0 3NE1227-0 Circuit-breaker (see Catalog LV 10) 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4DA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1041-4JA10 3RV1021-1BA10 3RV1021-1DA10 3RV1021-1FA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4CA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1042-4JA10 3RV1042-4LA10 3VL1712. . . . .2 3.. . DC36. . .37 0.55 0.. 3VL1716.5 2.1 1.0 5. ... ...25 0.1 1. 3VL3725.0 3.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 1.5 11.0 0.0 4. ..0 18. DC36.75 1.0 3... DD33.. .0 5.5 2.75 1. 3RV1021-1CA10 3RV1021-1DA10 3RV1021-1FA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4BA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1042-4KA10 3RV1042-4MA10 3VL1712. 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 l 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 Integrated as standard 3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3820 3NA3822 3NA3824 3NA3830 3NA3832 3NA3836 3NA3140 3NA3144 – – – – – 3NA3803-6 3NA3805-6 3NA3810-6 3NA3812-6 3NA3814-6 3NA3820-6 3NA3822-6 3NA3824-6 3NA3132-6 3NA3136-6 4 3 AC 500 V to 600 V 3NE1817-0 3NE1818-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE1022-0 3NE1224-0 3NE1225-0 3NE1227-0 3NE1230-0 3NE1332-0 3NE1333-0 3NE1435-0 – – – – – 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 l Integrated as standard 3NE1803-0 3NE1817-0 3NE1818-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1022-0 3NE1224-0 4/18 Siemens DA 51.50 0.0 3.. . .50 0.75 1.50 0.. ... . . . 3VL4731. DC36. 3VL3720.5 2.5 2.. .0 1. . DC36.. .. ..55 0. . 3VL1716. DC36. Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Output kW 0.0 2. DD33. 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1GA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4BA10 3RV1021-4DA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1042-4JA10 3RV1042-4KA10 3RV1042-4MA10 3VL1712.0 5.16 0. .5 22 30 37 45 55 75 hp 0. DC36..0 15. DC36.2 3.5 7.0 4.33 0. .0 18. DD33.. . .5 11. . DC36. .0 15. . .. . .. DC36.75 1.16 0.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) l Use in America requires u-listed fuses such as the Class NON range from Bussmann.75 1. DC36. . . ..0 5.5 11.5 2.5 22 30 37 45 0.5 7..0 7.0 5. .. . . 3VL5750.5 2. 3VL3725. .0 7.0 0.2 3.0 1. DC36.37 0.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 0. DD33. 3VL3725.12 0. 3VL4740. DD33. .2 · 2005/2006 .5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 0. . . DD33.0 15. . .0 4. 3VL4731.. .2 4.

0 4.5 2.5 3.0 3.37 0.5 2.0 4.0 4.0 1.2 3.0 3.5 2.5 11.16 0.75 1.0 4.0 3.0 5.5 3.1 1.0 5.55 0.0 1.75 1.16 0. an appropriate EMC filter of Class B from Schaffner is required.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 hp 0.75 1.0 15.0 4.12 0.33 0.75 1.2 · 2005/2006 4/19 . of options Additional EMC filter.0 4.25 0.5 2.37 0.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 Output kW 0.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 380 V to 480 V Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6440-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6440-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6440-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6440-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6440-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AB23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2AD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2AD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2AD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2AD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2AD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD37-5FA1 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6440-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6440-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6440-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6440-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6440-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AB23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2AD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2AD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2AD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2AD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2AD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD37-5FA1 Order No.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 hp 0.2 3.0 4.0 7.0 18. Class B 6SE6400-2FS01-0AB0 Line commutating choke 6SE6400-3CC00-4AB3 6SE6400-3CC01-0AB3 LC filter – – – – – – – – – – – – 6SE6400-3TD01-0BD0 6SE6400-2FS02-6BB0 6SE6400-3CC02-6BB3 6SE6400-2FS03-5CB0 6SE6400-2FS03-8CD0 6SE6400-3CC03-5CB3 6SE6400-3CC01-7CC3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3CC01-4BD3 6SE6400-3CC02-2CD3 6SE6400-3CC03-5CD3 6SE6400-3CC04-4DD0 6SE6400-3CC05-2DD0 6SE6400-3CC08-3ED0 6SE6400-3CC11-2FD0 6SE6400-3CC11-7FD0 6SE6400-2FS01-6BD0 6SE6400-2FS03-8CD0 6SE6400-3TD03-2CD0 An inverter without filter must be selected to satisfy the EMC requirements of Class B.50 0.0 5.50 0.5 2.0 3.0 4. of options Output choke 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 Brake resistors 6SE6400-4BC05-0AA0 Gland plate 6SE6400-0GP00-0AA0 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-4BC11-2BA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-4BC12-5CA0 6SE6400-4BC12-5CA0 6SE6400-4BC13-0CA0 6SE6400-4BD12-0BA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 4 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-0GP00-0BA0 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 6SE6400-4BD16-5CA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0CA0 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 6SE6400-4BD21-2DA0 Integrated as standard 6SE6400-4BD22-2EA0 6SE6400-4BD24-0FA0 Siemens DA 51.2 3.0 5.33 0.5 2.0 4.0 7.0 15.0 5.1 1.5 7.0 5.0 18.0 4.0 7.0 7.0 5.12 0.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Output kW 0.2 3.5 11.0 5.5 7. In addition.55 0.25 0. 6SE6400-3TD03-7DD0 6SE6400-3TD04-8DD0 6SE6400-3TD06-1DD0 6SE6400-3TD07-2ED0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FD0 6SE6400-3TD15-0FD0 6SE6400-3TD18-0FD0 Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Order No.

.12 0. 3VL3720. .0 5. DC36.0 3.16 0.5 2...5 3.33 0. DC36. . . .37 0.5 2. . .50 0.2 3.0 5.55 0. DD33..0 7. 3VL4731. .5 22 30 37 45 55 75 hp 0.75 1..5 7. .0 3. 4 4/20 Siemens DA 51. . DC36. Circuit-breaker (see Catalog LV 10) 3RV1021-1EA10 3RV1021-1HA10 3RV1021-1JA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4DA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1041-4JA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1021-1KA10 3RV1021-4AA10 3RV1021-4BA10 3RV1031-4EA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4HA10 3RV1042-4KA10 3RV1042-4MA10 3VL1712.0 4.5 11.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant dependent options ■ Selection and ordering data (continued) Mains voltage 1 AC 200 V to 240 V Output kW 0..0 7. 3VL1716.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 Inverter with internal filter Class A 6SE6440-2AB11-2AA1 6SE6440-2AB12-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB13-7AA1 6SE6440-2AB15-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB17-5AA1 6SE6440-2AB21-1BA1 6SE6440-2AB21-5BA1 6SE6440-2AB22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AB23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC23-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC24-0CA1 6SE6440-2AC25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD22-2BA1 6SE6440-2AD23-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD24-0BA1 6SE6440-2AD25-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD27-5CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-1CA1 6SE6440-2AD31-5DA1 6SE6440-2AD31-8DA1 6SE6440-2AD32-2DA1 6SE6440-2AD33-0EA1 6SE6440-2AD33-7EA1 6SE6440-2AD34-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD35-5FA1 6SE6440-2AD37-5FA1 Order No. .0 18.2 · 2005/2006 .0 1. .2 3..75 1.0 15.1 1.0 4.. . of the options Fuses (see Catalog LV 10) 3NA3 3NE1 (U) l 3NA3803 3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3817 3NA3810 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3805 3NA3807 3NA3812 3NA3814 3NA3820 3NA3822 3NA3824 3NA3830 3NA3832 3NA3836 3NA3140 3NA3144 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 3 AC 380 V to 480 V l l 3NE1817-0 3NE1818-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE1022-0 3NE1224-0 3NE1225-0 3NE1227-0 l Use in America requires u-listed fuses such as the Class NON range from Bussmann. . DD33. 3VL3725.0 5.0 4.5 2.. .25 0.0 5..0 4.0 4. .

Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) 4 Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) Siemens DA 51.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant independent options ■ Overview Basic Operator Panel (BOP) With the BOP. DeviceNet module For networking the inverters to the DeviceNet fieldbus system widely used on the American market. 24 V and Transistor Logic.2 · 2005/2006 4/21 . Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the PROFIBUS module. USS). Remote control of the inverter is possible with the PROFIBUS module. 5 V). This module can be used with HTL and TTL pulse encoders (High voltage Transistor Logic. or communicates with the latter through a door mounting kit. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the CANopen module. Together with the “AOP door mounting kit for multiple inverters”. an inverter can be linked to the CANopen fieldbus system and remote control is then possible. individual parameter settings can be made. Values and units are shown on a 5-digit display. the AOP furthermore supports the download and upread of complete parameter kits. (RS485. They offer the following functions: ■ Zero speed at full load torque ■ Extremely accurate speed control ■ Increased dynamic response of speed and torque control. the value and meaning of the parameters can be directly displayed as plain text in several langauges by fast scrolling of the address. Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) Basic Operator Panel (BOP) PROFIBUS module For a complete PROFIBUS connection with up to ˆ 12 Mbaud. It can be directly mounted on the inverter or in a control cabinet door using a mounting kit. Remote control and operation at the inverter can be combined using an operator panel plugged onto the DeviceNet module. The AOP is directly plugged into the inverter. It has an enhanced display and supports the operating languages of Chinese (simplified) and English. the AOP permits bus communication with up to 30 inverters at a transmission rate of 38 kbaud. Pulse encoder evaluation module The pulse encoder evaluation module permits direct connection of the most widely encountered digital pulse encoders to the inverter. Connection by means of a 9-pin Sub-D connector (available as an option). The AAOP is the Chinese version of the AOP operator panel. Remote control of the inverter is possible with the DeviceNet module. The module is connected to the bus system through a 9-pin Sub-D connector. The connection to the DeviceNet bus system is made using a 5-pin connector with terminal strip. For servicing purposes. The PROFIBUS module can be supplied by an external 24 V DC power supply and is thus also active when the inverter is disconnected from the power supply. Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) The AOP enables MICROMASTER 440 parameter kits to be easily read and modified. In contrast to the BOP. CANopen module Using the CANopen communications module. A BOP can be used for several inverters. A maximum transmission rate of 500 kbaud is possible.

6SE6400-0BP00-0AA0 6SE6400-0AP00-0AA1 6SE6400-0AP00-0AB0 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 6SE6400-0EN00-0AA0 6GK1500-0FC00 6SE6400-1PC00-0AA0 6SE6400-0PA00-0AA0 6SE6400-0PM00-0AA0 6SE6400-0MD00-0AA0 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 Available on the Internet at: http://www4. Offline programming of inverters and archiving of parameter kits possible.2 · 2005/2006 . This program executes under Windows 98/NT/2000/ME/ XP Professional. Isolated RS-232 adapter module for reliable point-to-point connection to a PC. altered. • DriveMonitor is a start-up software for listoriented programming of frequency inverters. The maximum cable length is 10 m for RS-485. entered and printed. STARTER). AOP door mounting kit for multiple inverters (USS) For mounting an AOP or AAOP in a control cabinet door.de/WW/view/com/10804985/133100 4 1) A shielded cable of type Belden 8132 (28 AWG) is recommended. ■ Selection and ordering data The options listed here are suitable for all MICROMASTER 440 inverters. Options Basic Operator Panel (BOP) Advanced Operator Panel (AOP) Asian Advanced Operator Panel (AAOP) PROFIBUS module DeviceNet module CANopen module Pulse encoder evaluation module RS485/PROFIBUS bus connector Connection kit for PC to inverter Connection kit for PC to AOP Operator panel door mounting kit for single inverter AOP door mounting kit for multiple inverters (USS) Start-up tool STARTER on CD-ROM Order No.ad. The 4-pin connecting cable from the AOP or AAOP to the RS-485 terminals of the inverter and to the 24 V user terminal strip is not included 2). Operator panel door mounting kit for single inverter For mounting an operator panel in a control cabinet door. Parameter lists can be read out. Both programs are included on the Docu CD which is provided with every inverter. Includes a Sub-D connector and an RS-232 standard cable (3 m). an RS-232 standard cable (3 m) with Sub-D connectors and a universal power supply unit. The maximum cable length is 5 m for RS-232. Degree of protection IP56. 4/22 Siemens DA 51. Degree of protection IP56. Connection kit for PC to AOP For connecting a PC to an AOP or AAOP.siemens. The AOP or AAOP can communicate with several inverters by means of the RS-485 USS protocol.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant independent options ■ Overview (continued) Connection kit for PC to inverter For controlling an inverter directly from a PC if the appropriate software has been installed (e. Start-up tools • STARTER Starter is graphic start-up software for guided start-up for MICROMASTER 410/ 420/430/440 frequency inverters under Windows NT/ 2000/XP Professional.g. stored. 2) A shielded cable of type Belden 8132 (28 AWG) is recommended. Includes a desktop attachment kit for an AOP or AAOP. Contains a cable adapter module with screwless terminals for use with user’s own RS-232 cables 1).

max. 350 mA.15 mm in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 58 Hz 19.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant independent options ■ Technical data PROFIBUS module 6SE6400-1PB00-0AA0 DeviceNet module 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 Size (height x width x depth) Degree of protection Degree of pollution Strain resistance • Stationary • Transport Deflection Acceleration Deflection Acceleration Climatic category (during operation) Cooling method Permissible ambient or cooling agent temperature • Operation • Storage and transport Relative humidity (permissible humidity rating) • Operation • Storage and transport Electromagnetic compatibility Emission Interference Power supply 161 mm x 73 mm x 46 mm IP20 2 to IEC 60 664-1 (DIN VDE 0110/T1). external 5 V ± 10 %. max. max. internal from inverter or 24 V ± 10 %. 300 mA internal from inverter or 24 V. 60 mA from DeviceNet-Bus – Data transmission rate 125.5 V ± 5 %. no condensation permitted during operation to IEC 60 068-2-6 (if module is installed correctly) 0. 12 Mbaud Output voltage 6.5 mm in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 9 Hz 9.2 · 2005/2006 4/23 .6 m/s2 in the frequency range of 58 Hz to 500 Hz 3. galvanically isolated supply • for terminating the serial interface bus or • for supplying the OLP (Optical Link Plug) max.5 V ± 5 %. max. max.8 m/s2 in the frequency range of 9 Hz to 500 Hz 3K3 to IEC 60 721-3-3 Natural air cooling –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) ˆ 85 % (non-condensing) ˆ 95 % to EN 55 011 (1991) Class A to IEC 60 801-3 and EN 61 000-4-3 6. 100 mA. 250 and 500 Kbaud 4 Siemens DA 51. 300 mA.

6 m/s2 in the frequency range of >58 Hz to 500 Hz 3. 800 kbaud and 1 Mbaud – –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –20 °C to +70 °C (–14 °F to +158 °F) –20 °C to +70 °C (–14 °F to +158 °F) 5 V ± 5 %. 50. 500. 140 mA. 300 kHz 4 4/24 Siemens DA 51.MICROMASTER 440 Options Variant independent options ■ Technical data (continued) CANopen module 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 Pulse encoder evaluation module 6SE6400-0EN00-0AA0 Size (height x width x depth) Degree of protection Degree of pollution Strain resistance • Stationary • Transport Deflection Acceleration Deflection Acceleration Climatic category (during operation) Cooling method Permissible ambient or cooling agent temperature • Operation • Storage • Transportation Electromagnetic compatibility Emission Interference Relative humidity (permissible humidity rating) • Operation • Storage and transport Power supply Data transmission rate Pulse frequency 161 mm x 73 mm x 46 mm 161 mm x 73 mm x 42 mm IP20 2 to IEC 60 664-1 (DIN VDE 0110/T1). 20.15 mm in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 58 Hz 19. 125. 330 mA or 18 V non-regulated. 250. short-circuit proof – max.2 · 2005/2006 .5 mm in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 9 Hz 9. no condensation permitted during operation to IEC 60 068-2-6 (if module is installed correctly) 0.8 m/s2 in the frequency range of 9 Hz to 500 Hz 3K3 to IEC 60 721-3-3 Natural air cooling –10 °C to +50 °C (+14 °F to +122 °F) –40 °C to +70 °C (–40 °F to +158 °F) –25 °C to +70 °C (–13 °F to +158 °F) to EN 55 011 (1991) Class A to IEC 60 801-3 and EN 61 000-4-3 ˆ 85 % (non-condensing) ˆ 95 % The CAN bus is supplied from the inverter power supply 10.

Available on the Internet: DriveMonitor at http://www4.siemens. multilanguage. parameter list.com/ micromaster Siemens DA 51.de/ WW/view/com/10804984/ 133100 STARTER at http://www4. commissioning tools STARTER and DriveMonitor.MICROMASTER 440 Documentation ■ Selection and ordering data Type of documentation Docu pack. supplied with each inverter.de/ WW/view/com/10804985/ 133100 2) Available on the Internet at http://www.siemens.siemens.ad. containing CD-ROM 1) and Getting Started Guide 2) (paper version) Operating instructions2) (paper version) Language Multilanguage Order No.2 · 2005/2006 4/25 .ad. 6SE6400-5AD00-1AP1 Parameter list 2) (paper version) German English French Italian Spanish German English French Italian Spanish 6SE6400-5AW00-0AP0 6SE6400-5AW00-0BP0 6SE6400-5AW00-0DP0 6SE6400-5AW00-0CP0 6SE6400-5AW00-0EP0 6SE6400-5BB00-0AP0 6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0 6SE6400-5BB00-0DP0 6SE6400-5BB00-0CP0 6SE6400-5BB00-0EP0 4 1) The CD-ROM contains operating instructions.

2 kW to 4 kW 5. the mounting depth increases by 23 mm (0.5 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 100 mm Drill pattern 4 245 (9. 4 x M4 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 2. The specified outputs are valid for CT mode.7 7) 149 (5.68) Inverter frame size A with gland plate ADA51-5007c 202 (7. 4 x M5 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.28) Inverter frame size C Fixing with 4 x M5 bolts. 2 x M4 washers or by snapping onto a rail Tightening torque with washers fitted: 2.91 inches).MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter Frame size A B C 1/3 AC 200 V to 240 V 0.5 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 100 mm Drill pattern (5 149 .03) 258 (10.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 100 mm (7 195 .1 kW to 2. Drill and fixing pattern 58 (2.87) Inverter frame size A Fixing with 2 x M4 bolts.85) 195 (7.16) Inverter frame size B with gland plate ADA51-5008b 174 (6.79) 73 (2. All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 4/26 Siemens DA 51.12 kW to 0.29) 173 (6. the installation depth increases by another 23 mm (0.75 kW 1.91 inches).5 kW 2.5 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 0.5 kW to 11 kW 3 AC 500 V to 600 V – – 0.87) Inverter frame size B Fixing with 4 x M4 bolts. 2 x M4 nuts.6 8) With the communications module.65) ADA51-5002d 204 (8. 4 x M4 nuts.37 kW to 1.95) 138 (5.2 kW 3 kW to 5. 4 x M5 nuts.85) 185 (7.8 7) G_DA51_EN_05001d 174 (6.2 · 2005/2006 309 (12.28) 160 (6. But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.81) DIN Rail ADA51-5000e 147 (5. If a pulse encoder evaluation module is mounted in addition.16) Inverter frame size C with gland plate ADA51-5009b .43) (6 172 .75 kW to 11 kW Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.

But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.28) 1110 (43.81) 350 (13.27) 1150 (45.82) Inverter frame size E Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts. 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3. 4 x M8 nuts. The specified outputs are valid for CT mode.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 350 mm (1 320 2.70) 850 (33.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 300 mm Drill pattern Drill pattern 616.6 5) 275 (10. 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.89) 650 (25.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 300 mm (9 245 .5 kW to 15 kW 18. Drill pattern 520 (20. 4 x M8 nuts.78) Inverter frame size F without filter Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts. 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3.78) Inverter frame size F with filter Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts.82) Inverter frame size D Fixing with 4 x M8 bolts.6 5) 235 (9. 4 x M8 nuts.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter (continued) Frame size D E F 3 AC 200 V to 240 V 7.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required Top and bottom: 350 mm 350 (13.5 kW to 22 kW 30 kW to 45 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 15 kW to 22 kW 30 kW to 37 kW 45 kW to 75 kW 3 AC 500 V to 600 V 15 kW to 22 kW 30 kW to 37 kW 45 kW to 75 kW Drill pattern Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.13) (9 245 . 4 x M8 nuts.25) ADA51-5021b 235 (9. 6) All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) (1 320 2.2 · 2005/2006 4/27 .4 (24.46) 810 (31.25) 275 (10.81) 300 (11.47) ADA51-5020b 486 (19.59) 4 ADA51-5022b ADA51-5023b 300 (11. 4 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 3. 6) Siemens DA 51.

5 46 ) 125 125 (4.35) (1 35 4.92) G_DA51_EN_05074 1400 (55.92) (4.92) (4.92) (4.92) 125 125 (4. 125 125 (4.12) 1375 (54.83) Inverter frame size GX Fixing with 6 x M8 bolts 6 x M8 nuts 6 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 13.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required: at top: 250 mm at bottom: 150 mm in front: 40 mm 326 (12.83) Inverter frame size FX Fixing with 6 x M8 bolts 6 x M8 nuts 6 x M8 washers Tightening torque with washers fitted: 13.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ MICROMASTER 440 inverter (continued) Frame size FX GX The specified outputs are valid for CT mode.92) (4.0 Nm Ventilation clearance required: at top: 250 mm at bottom: 150 mm in front: 50 mm 4 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 4/28 Siemens DA 51.92) 125 125 (4. Drill pattern Drill pattern 3 AC 380 V to 480 V 90 kW to 110 kW 132 kW to 200 kW Note: The inverters must not be mounted horizontally.2 · 2005/2006 1508 (59. But the inverters can be mounted without lateral spacing.37) .13) G_DA51_EN_05075 1533 (60. 6 06 ) (2 54 1.92) 326 (12.

17) 400 (15.45) 265 (10.27) 210 (8.46) b1 240 (9.39) 174 (6.5 (1.95) EMC filter for frame size A For frame size B For frame size C b1 n4 c b n3 a EMC filter Class A Type 6SL30000BE32-5AA0 0BE34-4AA0 0BE36-0AA0 for inverter Dimensions Frame size (FS) a a1 FX GX/GX GX 270 (10.43) c 116 (4.5) 185 (7.63) 310 (12.87) 160 (6.2) 360 (14.87) (2.85) ADA51-5011c 245 (9. approx kg 12.66) 240 (9.28) 156 (6.62) 232 (9.5 (0.0 ADA51-5012c 4 EMC filter for frame sizes FX and GX All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.67) 138 (5.93) 73 56 (2.5 (1.57) 116 (4.51) n3 210 (8.45) Weight.85) 187 (7.43) 49.87) 215 (8.3 12.2 · 2005/2006 4/29 .36) 200 (7.13) 4 x M4 187 (7.14) 23.87) 174 (6.75) G_DA51_XX_05103 a1 b 200 (7.27) 250 (9.65) 204 (8.13) 174 (6.72) 38 (1.3) ADA51-5010e 213 (8.17) 360 (14.63) 270 (10.2) 4 x M5 219 (8.03) 2 x M4 42.84) n4 220 (8.57) 140 (5.36) 200 (7.94) 149 (5.85) 54 (2.87) 200 (7.66) 220 (8.45) 240 (9.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ EMC filter 24 (0.87) 120 (4.3 19.

2 · 2005/2006 G_DA51_EN_05080 .51) 185 (7.14) Fixing with M5 bolts LC filter for frame size C G_DA51_EN_05081 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 4/30 Siemens DA 51.81) 340 (13.3) G_DA51_EN_05076 G_DA51_EN_05079 G_DA51_EN_05077 56 (2.9) 150 (5.04) 335 (13.19) G_DA51_EN_05078a 320 (12.02) 287 (11.6) 4 156 (6.2) 100 (3.3) 75.43) 334 (13.38) 293 (11.97) Drill pattern 56 (2.5 (2.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ LC filter 110 (4.28) Drill pattern 174 (6.53) 280 (11.85) 382 (15.15) 300 (11.9) Drill pattern 138 (5.72) Fixing with M4 bolts Fixing with M4 bolts LC filter for frame size A For frame size B 140 (5.2) 120 (4.

92) 133 (5.81) 171 (6.22) 250 (9.25) 250 (9.11) 515 (20.81) 240 (9.24) 275 (10.48) 190 (7.17) 420 (16.24) 145 (5.53) 125 (4.42) 285 (11.39) 316 (12.92) 140 (5.45) 240 (9.25) 260 (10.71) 145 (5.66) 240 (9.44) a 4 All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.45) 264 (10.58) 280 (11.81) 300 (11.96) 460 (18.28) b 240 (9.73) 125 (4.42) 345 (13.54) c 230 (9.42) n1 115 (4.39) 316 (12.2) 355 (13.45) 240 (9.81) n2 190 (7.84) 290 (11.72) 125 (4.71) 160 (6.39) 264 (10.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ LC filter b G_DA51_XX_05082 c LC filter Type for inverter Frame size (FS) D D D D D D E E E E/F F F F F F Dimensions 6SE6400-3TD03-7DD0 6SE6400-3TD04-8DD0 6SE6400-3TD06-1DD0 6SE6400-3TD02-3DE0 6SE6400-3TD03-2DE0 6SE6400-3TD03-7DE0 n2 n1 6SE6400-3TD07-2ED0 6SE6400-3TD04-8EE0 6SE6400-3TD06-1EE0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FD0 6SE6400-3TD15-0FD0 6SE6400-3TD18-0FD0 6SE6400-3TD07-1FE0 6SE6400-3TD10-0FE0 6SE6400-3TD11-5FE0 Fixing with M10 bolts LC filter for frame sizes D to F a 278 (10.45) 300 (11.98) 345 (13.81) 300 (11.11) 520 (20.06) 240 (9.81) 300 (11.3) 171 (6.11) 173 (6.45) 235 (9.54) 300 (11.45) 240 (9.25) 250 (9.11) 460 (18.45) 220 (8.58) 345 (13.92) 120 (4.73) 140 (5.2 · 2005/2006 4/31 .45) 240 (9.48) 240 (9.17) 420 (16.47) 380 (14.84) 290 (11.81) 360 (14.45) 264 (10.17) 360 (14.48) 240 (9.83) 235 (9.94) 290 (11.45) 300 (11.84) 235 (9.81) 360 (14.81) 300 (11.45) 190 (7.81) 310 (12.51) 173 (6.44) 240 (9.45) 240 (9.58) 460 (18.02) 300 (11.

0 4 G_DA51_XX_00014 a G_DA51_XX_00013 a All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 4/32 Siemens DA 51.0 b n1 n2 n3 n4 c Sinusoidal filter for frame size GX Sinusoidal filter Type 6SL30002CE33-3AA0 2CE34-1AA0 for inverter Frame size (FS) GX GX Dimensions a 370 (14.91) 150 (5.13) 105 (4.41) c 360 (14.57) b 620 (24.86) 225 (8.86) 225 (8.41) c 320 (12.13) n3 225 (8.81) 300 (11.81) b 620 (24.0 138.02) n2 105 (4.86) n4 150 (5.6) 320 (12.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ Sinusoidal filter b n1 n2 n3 n4 c Sinusoidal filter for frame sizes FX and GX Sinusoidal filter Type 6SL30002CE32-3AA0 2CE32-8AA0 for inverter Frame size (FS) FX GX Dimensions a 300 (11.2 · 2005/2006 .02) 280 (11.6) 320 (12.6) n1 280 (11.91) Weight (max.41) 620 (24.57) 370 (14.17) n1 320 (12.) kg 144.0 208.6) n2 105 (4.91) Weight (max.) kg 135.13) n3 225 (8.17) 360 (14.91) 150 (5.41) 620 (24.86) n4 150 (5.13) 105 (4.

99) 210 (8.02) (7.2–4 kW) Frame size C (500–600 V.59) b 275 (10.91) 185 (7..28) Frame size B Frame size C (380–480 V) Frame size C (500–600 V..97) 150 (5.28) (1.. for inverter Dimensions Frame size (FS) a b F 228 (8.97) 50 4.47) 650 (25..MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ Line commutating chokes c b c b Line commutating choke for Frame size A G_DA51_XX_05014e Dimensions a 200 (7.5 (2.83) Weight (max.99) 203 (7.28) Weight (max.97) 50 2.15) Line commutating choke for frame size A c b For frame sizes B and C Line commutating choke for a DA51-5051 Dimensions a 520 (20.0 a n2 b c n1 Line commutating choke for inverter frame size F 4 Line commutating choke Type 6SL30000CE32-.3 (1.98) 118 (4.) kg 0. 0CE35-.59) 255 (10.0 (11.83) c 85 (3.65) n2 200 (7.) kg 9..98) 101 (3.83) 275 (10.74) n2 185 (7. 5.27) n1 101 (3.0 35.87) 200 (7..35) 95 (3.8 DA51-5013e a a 280 185 50 5.0 G_DA51_XX_05053 c 203 (7.87) 213 (8.97) Weight (max.) kg 25.97) 280 185 80 6.74) Frame size D Frame size E Weight (max.39) 280 (11..87) 224 (8.97) 50 1.5 kW) Frame size C (500–600 V..8 (11.0 Line commutating choke for frame sizes D and E c b G_DA51_XX_05052 Line commutating choke Type 6SE64003CC11-.5–11 kW) c 50 (1.02) b 75..2 · 2005/2006 4/33 ..98) 240 (9.45) c 141 (5.) kg 24.82) a n1 n2 Line commutating choke for inverters of frame sizes FX and GX All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.04) 275 (10.76) 248 (9.04) 255 (10.28) (3..75–1.4 (1.0 25.28) 185 (7.5 17. 2.55) n1 95 (3.02) 280 (11. 0CE33-. for inverter Dimensions Frame size (FS) a b FX GX GX 248 (9.02) (7.3 (1..76) 269 (10. 0.

78) 3TC14-5FD0 F 321 350 (12.63) 3TC08-0ED0 E 210 225 (8.59) (11.2) n2 224 (8.87) 213 (8.81) c 257 (10.86) 3TC05-4DD0 D 210 225 (8.42) 183 (7.43) (10.39) 245 (9.37) (11.2 · 2005/2006 G_DA51_XX_05053 .91) 257 (10.Frame size (FS) a b 2BE32-1AA0 FX 285 300 (11.0 100.81) 2BE33-8AA0 GX 285 300 (11.64) (13.93) 138 264 (5.22) (11.4 9.97) 75.0 73.2) 163 (6.87) 70 176 (2.23) to DIN 41 308 n1 n2 94 176 (3.76) (10.91) n1 163 (6.39) 138 264 (5.86) 3TC06-2FE0 F 269 300 (10.81) 3TC07-5ED0 E 248 270 (9.91) 220 (8.05) 179 (7.82) 224 (8.82) Weight (max.87) 200 (7.05) 150 (5.8 3.6 a Output choke for frame size A 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD2 6SE6400-3TC00-4AD3 DA51-5049 a b For frame sizes B and C 6SE6400-3TC01-0BD3 6SE6400-3TC01-8CE3 6SE6400-3TC03-2CD3 c n2 n1 Output chokes for inverters of frame sizes D.15) 3TC00-4AD2 3TC00-4AD3 3TC01-0BD3 3TC01-8CE3 3TC03-2CD3 Weight (max.93) 94 176 (3.76) (6.91) 277 (10.4) (11.22) (11.82) 224 (8.86) 3TC03-8DD0 D 210 225 (8.81) 2BE33-2AA0 GX 285 300 (11.9 24.91) 288 (11.7 33.91) 80 (3.27) (8.87) Weight (max.65) (8.0 b 4 a c G_DA51_XX_05052 a n1 n2 Output choke for inverter Dimensions Type 6SL3000.34) 209 (8.91) 185 (7.98) (7.78) 3TC15-4FD0 F 248 270 (9.64) (13.22) (11.93) 118 224 (4.1 10.82) 224 (8.82) 101 200 (3.34) 288 (11.0 16.42) 183 (7.5 (2.76) (6.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ Output chokes c b c b Output choke Type 6SE6400G_DA51_XX_05050a Dimensions a 200 (7.70) (6.95 0.12) 277 (10.27) (8.0 66.82) 224 (8.86) 3TC08-8FE0 F 321 350 (12.93) 70 176 (2.63) c 179 (7.98) (7.66) 209 (8.27) (8.39) 101 200 (3.) kg 60.2) 183 (7.0 Output chokes for inverters of frame sizes FX and GX All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) 4/34 Siemens DA 51.5 51.70) (6.6 5.76) (10.76) 150 (5.) kg 16.97) 70 (2.23) 150 (5.12) 277 (10.97) 150 (5. E and F Output choke for inverter Dimensions Type 6SE6400.9 10.65) b 75.0 62.28) c 110 (4.) kg 1.5 (2.43) (10.81) 2BE35-0AA0 GX 365 300 (14.5 24.4 51.33) 50 (1.27) (8.Frame size (FS) a b 3TC03-2DE0 D 210 225 (8.65) 245 (9.28) 185 (7.81) 2BE32-6AA0 FX 315 300 (12.

87) 200 (7. 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Dimensions a 230 (9.6 3.28) 270 (10.28) 210 (8.71) 145 (5.7 1.8 7.40) 315 (12.91) 150 (5.3 390 160 56 27 15 8.27) 382 (15.71) 43.4 10.2 · 2005/2006 4/35 .68) 335 (13.75) 72 (2.28) 270 (10.63) – – 145 (5.54) 242 (9.78) 480 (18.69) 195 (7.41) 285 (11.19) 170 (6.28) 645 (25.2 120 82 39 27 12 for inverter Frame size (FS) A B C C D E F A B C D E F C C D E F Figure No.4 10.04) For floor mounting For wall mounting n1 n2 n3 n4 – – 170 (6.20) 138 (5.22) 285 (11.53) 382 (15.04) 217 (8.68) 195 (7.90) 510 (20.27) 382 (15.7 4 Brake resistors for inverters of frame sizes A to F All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches) Siemens DA 51.8 7.28) 210 (8.53) 382 (15.71) 205 (8.71) 150 (5.54) 226 (8.54) 217 (8.83) 149 (5.) kg 1.MICROMASTER 440 Dimension drawings ■ Brake resistors Fig.40) 435 (17.0 1.87) 350 (13.53) 242 (9.54) 242 (9.06) 230 (9.91) 175 (6.68) 195 (7.90) 510 (20.22) 285 (11.06) 315 (12.08) 217 (8.07) 270 (10.89) 315 (12.06) 239 (9.69) 170 (6.8 7.68) 335 (13.39) 650 (25.41) 285 (11.07) 270 (10.87) 350 (13.40) 43.28) 270 (10.27) 382 (15.06) 230 (9.13) 56 (2.40) 150 (5.59) 230 (9.27) 210 (8.87) 350 (13.78) 480 (18.08) 56 (2.90) 510 (20.27) 210 (8.28) 185 (7.71) 145 (5.63) 270 (10.5 (1.71) 43.90) 200 (7.91) 150 (5.40) 315 (12.40) 435 (17.87) 185 (7.54) 226 (8.83) 149 (5.28) 185 (7.53) 242 (9.07) 205 (8.63) 270 (10.63) 400 (15.04) – – 217 (8.8 3.63) 145 (5.78) 480 (18.04) c1 – – 217 (8.22) 515 (20.28) 185 (7.22) 515 (20.63) 400 (15.54) 242 (9.7 3.08) 200 (7.5 (1.89) 315 (12.90) 200 (7.06) 239 (9.71) 205 (8.75) 185 (7.4 10.06) 315 (12.59) 285 (11.69) 195 (7.69) 195 (7.6 16.28) 185 (7.07) 270 (10.19) – – 170 (6. 3: n4 b c c b n4 c b n4 n3 DA51-5055a n3 a DA51-5069 n3 a a DA51-5056 c1 n1 c0 n2 Brake resistors Type 6SE64004BC05-0AA0 4BC11-2BA0 4BC12-5CA0 4BC13-0CA0 4BC18-0DA0 4BC21-2EA0 4BC22-5FA0 4BD11-0AA0 4BD12-0BA0 4BD16-5CA0 4BD21-2DA0 4BD22-2EA0 4BD24-0FA0 4BE14-5CA0 4BE16-5CA0 4BE21-3DA0 4BE21-8EA0 4BE24-2FA0 Resistor Ohm 180 68 39 27 10 6.19) – – 145 (5.69) 170 (6.06) 315 (12.28) 645 (25. 2: Fig.13) Weight (max.0 1.87) 200 (7.28) 210 (8.59) b 72 (2.43) 230 (9.13) 230 (9.6 16.91) 175 (6.8 3.89) 315 (12.89) 175 (6.71) 150 (5.6 3.75) c 43.89) 175 (6.07) 205 (8.54) 217 (8.53) 382 (15.28) 645 (25.91) 175 (6.40) 315 (12.39) 650 (25.27) 210 (8.63) 400 (15.6 16.22) 515 (20. 1: Fig.53) 242 (9.43) 230 (9.40) 435 (17.5 (1.04) – – 185 (7.5 (1.63) 217 (8.68) 195 (7.71) 205 (8.87) 185 (7.89) 175 (6.68) 335 (13.40) c0 – – 185 (7.39) 650 (25.8 3.63) 270 (10.07) 205 (8.04) 185 (7.20) 138 (5.

MICROMASTER 440
Notes

4

4/36

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix
A/2 A/2 A/4 A/6 A/7 A/7 A/8 A/8 A/9 A/10 A/11 A/12 A/13 A/14 A/15 A/16 A/18 A/19 A/20
Environment, resources and recycling Certificates Compliance with standards Integration of drives into the SIMATIC S7 automation system with Drive ES Software update service for Drive ES Drive technology for the chemicals industry Demonstration case Standard conversion factors: metric to US units Training Overview of SIMATIC ET 200S FC Overview of SINAMICS G110 Overview of motors Overview of MICROMASTER 411/ COMBIMASTER 411/Geared motors Siemens contacts worldwide Online services Service & Support Subject index Order No. index Notes on ordering Conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations

A

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

A/1

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440
Appendix

■ Environment, resources and recycling
Siemens AG feels a responsibility to play a role in protecting our environment and saving our valuable natural resources. This is true for both our production and our products. Even during development, we consider any possible environmental impact of future products/systems. Our aim is to prevent harmful environmental effects or at least to reduce them to an absolute minimum – beyond present regulations and legislation. The most important activities for protecting our environment are as follows: ■ We are constantly endeavoring to reduce the environmental impact of our products as well as their consumption of energy and resources over and above the statutory environmental protection regulations. ■ We take every possible step to prevent damage to the environment. ■ Environmental impact is assessed and considered at the earliest possible stage of product and process planning.
■ Our optimized environmen■ We urge our business part-

tal management strategy ensures that our environmental policy is put into practice effectively. The necessary technical and organizational procedures are reviewed at regular intervals and continuously updated. ■ An awareness for environmental problems is expected of all our employees. Establishing and furthering a sense of responsibility for the environment on all levels represents a permanent challenge for the corporate management.

ners to act according to the same environmental principles as ourselves. We cooperate with the responsible public authorities. ■ We inform interested members of the public about the consequences of our corporate policies for the environment as well as our achievements to the benefit of the environment. ■ Our complete documentation is printed on chlorinefree bleached paper.

■ Certificates

A

A/2

Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006

Commissioning is prohibited until such time as the end product has been proved to conform to the provisions of Directive 98/37/EC. The safety instructions provided in the product documentation must be observed.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Certificates (continued) Legend for EC declaration of conformity: The named product is in conformity with the requirements of the following European Directive: 73/23/EEC Council Directive on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electrical equipment for use within certain voltage limits. This declaration does not give assurance of properties within the meaning of product liability. amended by Council Directive RL 93/68/EEC Conformity with the requirements of these Directives is testified by complete adherence to the following standards: The named product is intended for fitting in another machine. A Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 A/3 .

• In the EMC product standard EN 61 800-3. 2007. The MICROMASTER inverters meet the requirements of the Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC. 2005. the generic standards such as DIN EN 61 000-x-x can be used instead. for rated voltages of < 1000 V. the inverter's instruction manual specifies the conditions under which the product standard can be complied with if the frequency inverter is expanded to become a PDS. This will probably not result in any changes in the practical use of frequency inverters. As a rule. electrical equipment of machines • EN 50 178 Electrical equipment in electrical power installations. different categories. namely C1 to C4. The table entitled “Overview of MICROMASTER components and PDS categories” and the MICROMASTER ordering documents show which components the respective PDS installation supports directly. However. EN 61 000-3-2 for power supply harmonics and EN 55 011 for radio interference. limits for conducted interference voltages and radiated interference are also indicated for the so-called “second environment” (= industrial power supply systems which do not supply households). Since frequency inverters are always part of a PDS and the latter is part of a machine. Warning information must be provided. The PDS product standard alone is therefore inadequate or irrelevant. If they are not available. motor and cables in addition to the inverter. – Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages of ˜ 1000 V or for rated currents of ˜ 400 A or for use in complex systems in the second environment. This must be furnished by the plant constructor or the installer of the machine. is not subject to the EMC product standard EN 61 800-3. The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require marking according to the EMC directive. Instead. power drive systems (PDS) which comply with EMC product standard EN 61 800-3 can be installed (see the installation instructions in the product documentation). installation and start-up may only be carried out by qualified EMC personnel. Low-voltage directive The inverters comply with the following standards listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities: • EN 60 204 Safety of machinery. An EMC plan must be drawn up. – Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages of < 1000 V. as such. e. frequency inverters are only supplied to qualified technical specialists for installation in machines or plants. The new EMC product standard EN 61 800-3 applies to electrical drive systems as of July 1. the manufacturer of the machine must observe various standards depending on the type of machine and the environment. For a PDS. are defined according to the environment of the PDS at the place of use: – Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages of < 1000 V for use in the first environment – Category C2: Fixed-location drive systems which are not connected by means of plugin devices. a distinction must be made between the product standards for electrical drive systems (PDS) of the EN 61 800 series of standards (of which Part 3 covers EMC topics) and the product standards for devices/systems/machines etc. the EMC directive in the EU is complied with through observance of the product standard EN 61 800-3 for variablespeed electrical drive systems. the EMC directive of the EU is observed through compliance with the EMC product standards applicable to the machine. The transition period for the preceding standard EN 61 800-3/A11 dated February 2001 ends on October 1. A frequency inverter must therefore only be considered as a component which. • With regard to compliance with limits for power supply harmonics. • With MICROMASTER. The use of unfiltered inverters in an industrial environment is permissible provided they are part of a system that is equipped with line filters on the higher-level infeed side. If used in the first environment. A A/4 Siemens DA 51.g. Machine directive The inverters are suitable for installation in machines. solely for use in the second environment.2 · 2005/2006 . What is important is that the conducted interference and the radiated interference voltages at the power-supply connection point and outside the machine remain below the corresponding limits. • The new EN 61 800-3 of July 2005 no longer distinguishes between “general availability” and “restricted availability”. the EMC product standard EN 61 800-3 for PDS refers to compliance with the EN 61 000-3-2 and EN 61 000-3-12 standards. which comprises the complete circuitry. • Irrespective of configuration with MICROMASTER and its components. Compliance with the machine directive 89/392/EEC requires a separate certificate of conformity. These limits are lower than the limits of filter class A according to EN 55 011. The following explanations apply to frequency inverters of the 6SE6 series from Siemens: • The EMC product standard EN 61 800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System). EMC directive • EN 61 800-3 Variable-speed electric drives Part 3: EMC product standard including special test procedure. Warning information must be provided.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Compliance with standards CE marking • As a rule. • In general. the machine builder can also modify the machines in other ways in order to comply with the EMC directive of the EU. What technical means are used to ensure this is not prescribed.

All devices with an internal/external filter: Depending on the type of filter and on the envisaged PDS installation: Category C1: Limit value complies with EN 55 011. Group 2. In addition. Class B Category C2: Limit value complies with EN 55 011. Note: The requirements of EN 61 800-3 are considerably exceeded if Class A filters are used. Second environment (industrial) Electromagnetic compatibility No inadmissible electromagnetic emissions occur if the installation instructions specific to the product are correctly observed. commercial) Category C1 Unfiltered devices plus external Class B filter with low leakage currents Category C2 Devices with an integrated Class B filter Devices with an integrated Class B filter or devices with an integrated Class A filter or devices with an integrated Class A filter plus external supplementary filter Class B plus external supplementary filter Class B or devices with an integrated Class A filter or devices with an integrated Class A filter plus warning information or unfiltered devices plus external Class A filter or unfiltered devices plus external Class A Note: The requirements of EN 61 800-3 are filter plus warning information considerably exceeded if Class B filters are used. Also refer to the Internet at http://www. conducted EN 61 000-4-6 ESD through air discharge ESD through contact discharge Electrical field applied to unit 30 MHz to 1 GHz Test severity level 3 Test severity level 3 Test severity level 3 80 MHz to 1 GHz Test severity level 4 Unfiltered devices. Category C4 Unfiltered devices plus external Class A filter An EMC plan must be drawn up.2 · 2005/2006 A/5 . Group 1. motor and control cables 4 kV Test severity level 3 Test severity level 3 0.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix Overview of MICROMASTER components and PDS categories First environment (residential. All devices. Limit value The inverters were installed with shielded motor cables and shielded control cables in accordance with the directives.ul. Class A. The table below lists the results of measurements relating to the emissions and immunity to interference of MICROMASTER inverters. Class A. Group 1. in accordance with UL508C. 8 kV 6 kV 10 V/m Applied to all cable terminations Applied to mains cables Applied to mains. Note: The requirements of EN 61 800-3 are considerably exceeded if Class A filters are used. not tested. Limit value complies with EN 55 011.15 MHz to 80 MHz 80 % AM (1 kHz) 2 kV 10 V UL listing u and cu listed power conversion equipment of u category NMMS. u list number E121068 and E192450 For use in environments with pollution degree 2. Class A. Category C3 Devices with integrated Class A filter or unfiltered devices plus external Class A filter Warning information is necessary. EMC phenomenon Standard/test Emitted interference EN 61 800-3 Relevant criteria Conducted via mains cable 150 kHz to 30 MHz Emitted by the drive ESD immunity EN 61 000-4-2 Immunity to electrical fields EN 61 000-4-3 Immunity to burst interference EN 61 000-4-4 Surge immunity EN 61 000-4-5 Immunity to RFI emissions. all devices with an internal/external filter comply with the limit value for category C3 installations. Limit value complies with EN 55 011.com A Siemens DA 51.

For integrated installation as a STEP 7 option.0 single license/runtime license Drive ES PCS7 Upgrade from V5. V5. Drive ES SIMATIC replaces the software package DVA_S7 for all STEP 7 Versions 5.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Integration of drives into the SIMATIC S7 automation system with Drive ES Drive ES Basic supports user-friendly start-up. Software package Drive ES Installation as an integrated option to STEP7 V5.3 single license/runtime license Drive ES SIMATIC Upgrade from V5.2 · 2005/2006 . POSMO) – SIMATIC S7-300 with CP342-5 (function block library DRVDPS7C) • Communications software “USS protocol” for – SIMATIC S7-200 with CPU 214/CPU 215/ CPU216 (driver program DRVUSS2 for programming tool STEP 7-Micro) – SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 340/341 and SIMATIC S7400 with CP 441 (function block library DRVUSSS7) • STEP 7 slave object manager – For easy configuration of drives – For acyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives – Support for converting DVA_S7 to Drive ES projects (from V5.1) • SETUP program – For installing the software in the STEP 7 environment Drive ES PCS7 provides a function block library complete with picture and control blocks that can be used to integrate a Siemens drive (e. it is important to note the version of STEP 7 that is being used with regard to the ordering information.0 and 5. The PCS7 library can be implemented stand-alone.3 *) copy license (60 installations) Drive ES SIMATIC V5. even without Drive ES Basic.1 and V6.e. Drive ES SIMATIC makes libraries available that contain SIMATIC function blocks so that the communication between the SIMATIC S7 CPU and the Siemens drive (e. i.x copy license/runtime license Drive ES PCS7 V5. without Drive ES Basic.e.x to V5. Contents of the package Drive ES SIMATIC: • Communications software “USS protocol” for – SIMATIC S7-300 with CPUs with integrated DP interface (function block libraries DRVDPS7.x to V6. i. Documentation Order No.MICROMASTER 4) based on a speed interface into the SIMATIC PCS7 process control system.3 single license Drive ES Basic V5.0 single license Drive ES PCS7 V5. A A/6 Siemens DA 51. Operation and monitoring of the drive is then possible from the Operator Station (OS) using the drive faceplates.3 single license Drive ES SIMATIC V5.2 single license Drive ES PCS7 V6. POSMO) – SIMATIC S7-400 with CPUs with integral DP interface or with CP443-5 (function block library DRVDPS7.x to V5.2 and higher Drive ES Basic V5.x/V6.x and can also be installed and implemented as stand-alone software. service and diagnostics of all Siemens drives.0): • Function block library for SIMATIC PCS7 – Picture and control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC as well as MICROMASTER 3/ MIDIMASTER 3 and MICROMASTER 4 • STEP 7 slave object manager – For easy configuration of drives – For acyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives • SETUP program – For installing the software in the PCS7 environment.3 *) single license Drive ES Basic Upgrade *) from V5. MICROMASTER 4) can be reduced to simple parameterization.g. Content of the package Drive ES PCS7 (the PCS7 package can be used with the PCS7 Versions V5.g. under PCS7 Versions 5.x copy license/runtime license Supply format CD-ROM CD-ROM Five standard languages Five standard languages 6SW1700–5JA00–3AA0 6SW1700–5JA00–3AA4 CD-ROM and copy license CD-ROM CD-ROM Five standard languages Five standard languages Five standard languages 6SW1700–5JA00–3AA1 6SW1700–5JC00–3AA0 6SW1700–5JC00–3AA4 Product license only (without software and documentation) CD-ROM CD-ROM CD-ROM Five standard languages Five standard languages Five standard languages Five standard languages 6SW1700–5JC00–1AC0 6SW1700–5JD00–2AA0 6SW1700–6JD00-0AA0 6SW1700–6JD00–0AA4 Product license only (without software and documentation) Five standard languages 6SW1700–5JD00–1AC0 *) Drive ES Basic can also be installed stand-alone without STEP 7.0.1.

machines and the environment.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Software update service for Drive ES A software update service can also be purchased for the Drive ES software. standard low-voltage motors and even tailor-made special versions – take these requirements into account.de/ chemicals Example: Mounting plate to NAMUR standard based on MICROMASTER 440 A Siemens DA 51. Our comprehensive drive portfolio – ranging from frequency inverters through distributed drive systems as far as gear motors. 6SW1700–0JA00–0AB2 6SW1700–0JA00–1AB2 6SW1700–0JC00–0AB2 6SW1700–0JD00–0AB2 ■ Drive technology for the chemicals industry Even more so than in other sectors. The user is automatically supplied with the current software. The update service can only be ordered to customers who have previously purchased a complete version.2 · 2005/2006 A/7 . the customer and his Siemens contact will be informed in writing that the update service will automatically be extended by another year if it is not cancelled on the part of the customer. You will find information about this on our industry site: http://www. drive technology and automation technology in the chemicals industry must comply with the most exacting safety standards in order to protect persons.siemens. service packs and complete versions for one year after the date of ordering. 6 weeks before expiry. Duration of the update service: 1 year. Software update service Drive ES Basic Update service for single license Update service for copy license Drive ES SIMATIC Update service for single license Drive ES PCS7 Update service for single license Order No.ad.

is available on the Internet at: http://www.ft. SIDEMO demonstration case MICROMASTER 410 • including OP operator panel MICROMASTER 420 • including BOP operator panel MICROMASTER 440 • including BOP operator panel MICROMASTER 440 • including BOP operator panel • the motor is equipped with a load unit MICROMASTER 440 • including BOP operator panel and pulse encoder evaluation module • the motor is equipped with an encoder and a load unit Order No. 110 V versions.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Demonstration case SIDEMO demonstration case system The SIDEMO range of modular demonstration case systems also includes cases for the MICROMASTER inverters. The transport cases can be stacked.454 kg 1lb.2 · 2005/2006 .91 m 1 mi.siemens.61 km °C = 5/9 (°F – 32) 1lbs = 0.738 lb. 1 km = 0. e.g. 1 cm = 0. kg 10 10 10 10 6AG1062-1AA07-0AA0 10 Further information. = 1. = 30.40 mm 1 ft.03937 in. approx. = 1.62137 mi.de/sidemo ■ Standard conversion factors: metric to US units Unit Length US to metric standard units 1 in. The MICROMASTER demonstration cases can be operated on 230 V supplies on their own or together with other demonstration systems such as LOGO!. 1 kW = 1. SITOP DC-UPS. Temperature Weight Torque Power A A/8 Siemens DA 51. SIMATIC S7-200. The demonstration systems are fitted in dark blue transport cases (400 x 300 x 210 mm).205 lbs 1 Nm = 0. °F = (9 x °C)/5 + 32 1 kg = 2. = 0.ft.356 Nm 1 hp = 0. it is also possible to demonstrate incorporation into TIA in combination with the SIMATIC S7-300 Compact and Touchpanel TP170B demonstration systems. = 25. If the MICROMASTER 420/440 demonstration case is expanded with a PROFIBUS module (not included in scope of supply of the case). 6AG1062-1AA08-0AA0 6AG1062-1AA02-0AA0 6AG1062-1AA02-1AA1 6AG1062-1AA06-0AA0 Weight.48 cm 1 yd.39370 in.341 hp Note: For kW and hp specifications in the Selection and Ordering tables. we do not use calculated hp values but the corresponding standardized hp motor ratings. 1 m = 3.746 kW Metric to US standard units 1 mm = 0.28084 ft.

You can rectify deficits in existing systems and rule out expensive planning errors right from the start. optimized plant sections. we prioritize practical exercises. you can have complete confidence in any decisions you make. US Phone: +1 800 241 4453 sitrain.com . Once you have completed your training with us. because blended learning is able to communicate complex subjects and transfer knowledge on a networked basis. This means that you can apply what you have learned immediately in everyday activities.and apply directly. ® Top trainers Our trainers are skilled specialists with extensive experience of training provision. they are able to render their theoretical knowledge with real plausibility. The ideal combination: Blended learning Blended learning combines a variety of teaching media and sequences. With training provided by the market leader in automation.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Training Training variety With a total of some 300 participant-based courses. We have approximately 60 locations in Germany and a presence in 62 countries all over the world. this is a massive plus for your company. self-teach software and moderated online seminars complement our traditional training offer.. in particular concerning the optimum use of products and the efficient running of systems.siemens.siemens. The international learning portal Additional information is available on the Internet under: http://www.com/sitrain All your learning options at a glance! Take your time to browse our international training package. Alternatively. Additional benefit: Travel expenses and downtimes are reduced as training is no longer restricted to a specific time and place. and request a copy of our latest training catalog: ITC Catalog (paper version) List of dates and prices including CD-ROM Interactive training information system SITRAINonCD on CD-ROM Overview of training worldwide Language German German English/ German Order No.. use the available places indicator (updated daily) . The combination is the key.registrar@sea. Training takes place in our training centers or on your site. All in all. A firm basis in practice As our trainers have direct experience of practical applications. as we all know that any theory has its gray areas. and allocate up to half of the course program to them. SITRAIN also uses moderated online learning to provide training live on the Internet at agreed times. English/ German E86060-K6899-A101-B5-7400 A Siemens DA 51. E86060-K6850-A101-B6 E86060-P6850-A101-D2 E86060-D6850-A100-C4-7400 combined with self-teach programs prior to or following completion. The result? Profits go up and costs come down. We use state-of-the-art customized training equipment. contact us directly for personal advice: Because training is the key to your success SITRAIN – Siemens training for automation and industrial solutions – will be constantly by your side to help you find solutions for your tasks. Customer proximity We are never very far away. as you will benefit in terms of shorter start-up times. However. Would you prefer individual training to taking part in one of our 300 courses? Our solution: We can customize our program to meet your personal requirements. Remote learning services. we can provide training for the entire range of products and a large number of system solutions. plant installation and support. you will feel ready for anything. The designers of our courses are directly involved in product development and forward their knowledge directly to our trainers. For example. a participant-based course in a training center can be ideally Training Office. call up all course dates online.2 · 2005/2006 A/9 . Infoline Germany Phone: +49 (0) 18 05-23 56 11 Fax: +49 (0) 18 05-23 56 12 Training Office. faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes.

CE and C-tick. programmable ˜ 96 % • PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface via the ET 200S backplane bus • Control of the integrated safety functions via PROFIsafe (PM-D F PROFIsafe) or terminals (PM-D F X1) • RS232 interface with USS protocol for start-up at PC with STARTER start-up software • Slot for an optional micro-memory card for uploading and downloading parameter settings • PTC/KTY84 interface for motor monitoring • Tachometer interface (Sub-D connector) for unipolar HTL incremental encoder UL. technical data and explanations are indicated in the IK PI catalog “Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives” and in the Internet under: http://www. This frequency converter can handle simple drive tasks (frequency control) as well as complex tasks with vector control.e.2 kW.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Overview of frequency inverters/converters for distributed I/O units: SIMATIC ET 200S FC The SIMATIC ET 200S FC is a frequency inverter with a wide range of possibilities. The complete range of products together with ordering data. 4. 200% overload) for 3 s. cUL. 2.5 x rated output current (i. cycle time 300 s 0 Hz to 650 Hz 8 kHz (standard). cycle time 300 s Overload current 2 x rated output current (i. 150% overload) for 60 s. the ET 200S FC makes it possible for the distributed ET 200S system to be used for new applications in the area of drive technology. even in parts of an installation where potential hazards exist. Integrated safety functions enable drive solutions without high overheads. low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC. 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps) 1.2 · 2005/2006 . EMC directive 89/336/EEC Control board with integrated safety functions in accordance with Category 3 of EN 954-1 or in accordance with SIL 2 of IEC 61508: • Safe stop • Safe braking ramp • Safely reduced speed The safety functions “Safely reduced speed” and “Safe braking ramp” are certified for encoderless induction motors – these safety functions are not approved for pull-through loads such as found in hoisting gear and unwinding units.com/ et200s-fc Main features Rated outputs Input voltage Total module width Mains frequency Overload capacity Output frequency Pulse frequency Skip frequency range Efficiency Interfaces SIMATIC ET 200S FC “With its wide range of possibilities”. where infinite speed control of inductive motors is required. otherwise 145 mm 47 to 63 Hz Overload current 1. IP20 Standards complied with Functional safety Degree of protection A SIMATIC ET 200S FC control boards SIMATIC ET 200S FC power units A/10 Siemens DA 51.0 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V +10 % –15 % Control module + power unit 80 mm up to 750 W rated output. 750 W.e.siemens. The table provides an overview of the features of this product.

c-tick Examples SINAMICS G110 inverter chassis units A Siemens DA 51.siemens. the frequency inverter of the SINAMICS G110 inverter chassis units can be used for a wide range of industrial drive applications with variable speeds. technical data and explanations are indicated in the D 11. quadratic (M~n2) V/f control. scalable or usable as 4th digital input 1 digital output 24 V DC RS485 serial interface for operation with USS protocol Protection functions • Automatic restart after interruption of operation due to supply failure • Jerk-free connection of inverter to rotating motor • Programmable ramp-up/ramp-down times • Ramp rounding • Undervoltage • Overvoltage • Earth fault • Short-circuit • Stall prevention • I2t motor thermal protection • Inverter overtemperature • Motor overtemperature Asynchronous motors IP20 Connectable motors Degree of protection Type of cooling for ˆ 0.2 · 2005/2006 A/11 .com/ sinamics-g110 Main features Output range Supply voltages Network types Mains frequency Output frequency Control method Fixed frequencies Skip frequency ranges Digital inputs Analog input (for the analog version) Digital output Communication interface (for USS version) Software functions SINAMICS G110 As “a versatile drive for small outputs”. programmable 3. The complete range of products together with ordering data. UL.75 kW inverters Standards complied with Ribbed heat sink with convection cooling.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Overview of inverters – SINAMICS G110 chassis units The SINAMICS G110 inverter chassis unit is a versatile drive. TN. programmable 3 programmable digital inputs 24 V DC 1 analog input for setpoints from 0 V to 10 V. cUL.1 catalog “SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units” and in the Internet under: http://www. version with flat heat sink also available Internal air cooling (integrated fan) CE.12 kW to 3. programmable 1. 0. TT 50/60 Hz 0 Hz to 650 Hz V/f control.0 kW 1 AC 200 V to 240 V.75 kW inverters > 0. The inverter is available in three frames for connection to single-phase power supply systems. The especially compact SINAMICS G110 inverter works with voltage-frequency control (V/f ) and is the ideal frequency inverter in the lower output and performance range of the SINAMICS family of products. linear (M~n) V/f control. The table provides an overview of the features of this product. ±10 % IT.

06 – 15 kW 3000 rpm 1500 rpm 1000 rpm 750 rpm 230/400 V d/* 400/690 V d/* 56 – 160 18. IP56) 180 – 225 Example of 1 LA7 motor A *) 1.5 – 200 kW 250 – 1000 kW 0. Catalog M 11 contains the complete range of products with ordering data. For motors according to US standards (NEMA) please refer to: http://www.2 · 2005/2006 .MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Overview of motors Siemens motors are ideally matched to the MICROMASTER inverters.com/ motors Main characteristics Efficiency class Squirrel-cage motors Motors with gray cast iron casing 1LG6 *) 1LG4 *) 1LA8 Motors with aluminium casing 1LA9 *) 1LA9 EPACT 1LA7 *) 1LA5 Rating (4-pole) Speeds Voltage (at 50 Hz if not specified otherwise) Size Design 18. In addition to the motors listed in the table. IP56) 315 – 450 IM B3 IM V1 IM B35 IP55 (IP56) 56 – 200 IM B3 IM B5 IM V1 IM B14 (Sizes 56 to 160) IM B35 Aluminum IP55 (IP65.siemens.08 – 40 hp 3600 rpm 1800 rpm 1200 rpm 60 Hz 460 d* 400/690 V d/* 0.5 – 45 kW Casing Degree of protection 180 – 315 IM B3 IM B5 IM V1 IM B14 (Sizes 100 to 160) IM B35 Gray cast iron IP55 (IP65. technical details and explanations. This catalog is suitable for IEC motors. 2-pole and 4-pole A/12 Siemens DA 51. explosion-proof motors.5 – 200 kW 3000 rpm 1500 rpm 1000 rpm 750 rpm 230/400 V d/* 400/690 V d/* 18.06 – 30 kW 3000 rpm 1500 rpm 1000 rpm 230/400 V d/* 400/690 V d/* 0.sea. The table provides an overview of the most common types of motors from Siemens.1 kW to 90 kW. marine motors and combustion gas motors are also available.

communication interface and motor connections in order to enable fast and problem-free information exchange in applications where time is a critical factor. The ECOFAST versions are completely compatible with the ECOFAST technology systems.com/ gearedmotors Main features Output range Voltage range Frame sizes/ unit sizes Types of construction MICROMASTER 411 COMBIMASTER 411 “The distributed inverter” for a wide range of drive applications . M15 Geared Motors and M15 News 2005. A Examples MICROMASTER Examples COMBIMASTER Examples Geared motors Siemens DA 51.09 kW to 45 kW Helical bevel gears 2KG33. The complete range of products together with ordering data.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Overview of distributed drive solutions · MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411/Geared motors The MICROMASTER 411/ COMBIMASTER 411 and geared motors from Siemens are available as distributed drive solutions.37 kW to 3 kW 3 AC 380 V to 480 V CS B CS C – Geared motors Helical gears Flat gears 2KG31.09 kW to 1.siemens. 400/690 V d/* 63 – 225 Footprint type of construction Flange type of construction Footprint type of construction Flange type of construction Torque support IP55 (IP65. 2KG41. 2KG36.for simple individual applications from pumps and fans to multiple conveyor-belt drives in networked control systems.09 kW to 7.5 kW 63 – 132 2KG35 0. technical data and explanations are indicated in the catalogs DA 51.5 kW 63 – 90 Degree of protection Other technical features IP65 71 – 100 90/100 IM B 3 IM B 5 IM V 1 (without protective roof) IM V 1 (with protective roof) IM B 14 (with normal flange) IM B 14 (with special flange) IM B 35 IP55 230/400 V d/*. The latest information on MICROMASTER 411 and COMBIMASTER 411 as well as on geared motors is available in the Internet under: http://www.3 MICROMASTER – COMBIMASTER. IP56) Housing made of aluminum or gray cast iron Torque 82 – 20000 Nm Housing made of aluminum or gray cast iron Torque 150 – 20000 Nm Housing made of aluminum or gray cast iron Torque 130 – 20000 Nm Housing made of aluminum or gray cast iron Torque 120 – 1590 Nm Housing made of die-cast aluminum Torque 50 – 185 Nm • V/f characteristic • Multipoint characteristic (programmable V/f characteristic) • FCC (flux current control) • Internal PI controller • 3 digital inputs • 1 analog input • 1 relay output • Compound braking for controlled rapid braking • NEW: ECOFAST versions with plug-in connectors for power-supply. 2KG32. 0.siemens. The table provides an overview of the features of these products.com/ combimaster http://www. 500 V d/*. 2KG46 2KG42 0. 2KG43 Helical worm Worm gears gears 2KG34 0.2 · 2005/2006 A/13 .

A A/14 Siemens DA 51.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Siemens Contacts Worldwide At http://www. • Spare parts/repairs. • Training.siemens.2 · 2005/2006 . • Service. You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for • Technical Support. • Sales or • Consultation/engineering. You start by selecting a • Country. • Product or • Sector.com/automation/partner you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide responsible for particular technologies. By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.

Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under: http://www. Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the fields of automation. which can be immediately checked for availability. All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work with and intuitive.2 · 2005/2006 A/15 . Numerous functions are available to support you. Here you have access to a huge range of products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive way. It goes without saying that this information must always be fully up-to-date. installation and drives.000 products and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation and Drives product base. systems and services. ■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in the Internet.com/automation/ca01 or on CD-ROM or DVD. ■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions: The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80.siemens.siemens. Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the Internet under http://www. switchgear. The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide Web.com/automation you will find everything you need to know about products.com/automation/mall A Siemens DA 51. For example.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ A&D in the WWW A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services available is essential when planning and configuring automation systems.siemens. powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products. Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing. which offers quick and easy access to all data required. by fax or by online link. Under the address http://www. After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the press of a button.

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Configuration and Software Engineering Support in configuring and developing with customer-oriented services from actual configuration to implementation of the automation project.siemens. A sophisticated strategy and team for the necessary support . Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form. 1) A 1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at: http://www.siemens. In Germany 0180 50 50 444 1) ■ Online Support The comprehensive information system available round the clock via Internet ranging from Product Support and Service & Support services to Support Tools in the Shop. In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and upgrading. target definition and consulting on product and system questions right to the creation of the automation solution.in every phase. 1) ■ Technical Consulting Support in the planning and designing of your project from detailed actual-state analysis.com/automation/service&support A/16 Siemens DA 51. ■ Service On Site With Service On Site we offer services for startup and maintenance. http://www. Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a complete range of different services for automation and drives.siemens. 1) I In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to keep ahead all the time: A strong starting position. In Germany 0180 50 50 446 1) ■ Technical Support Competent consulting in technical questions covering a wide range of customer-oriented services for all our products and systems.2 · 2005/2006 .: +49 (0)180 50 50 222 Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223 http://www.com/ automation/support-request ■ Optimization and Upgrading To enhance productivity and save costs in your project we offer high-quality services in optimization and upgrading. essential for ensuring system availability.com/ automation/service&support ■ Repairs and Spare Parts In the operating phase of a machine or automation system we provide a comprehensive repair and spare parts service ensuring the highest degree of operating safety and reliability. Tel.

2 · 2005/2006 A/17 . With your personal card number and associated PIN you can view the state of your account and all transactions at any time. No invoicing. When delivered. analysis and testing Complete topic solutions including ready-tested software Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments Support Tools in the Support Shop A Siemens DA 51. Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value Card. Services on card. The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will be updated every 4 months. The charge for the services procured is debited from the credits on your Automation Value Card. Automation Value Card order numbers Credits 200 500 1000 10000 Order no. so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide. It doesn’t matter whether you want just specific services from our Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support Tools in our Online Shop. French. You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD from your Siemens contact. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2 Orders via the Internet (with Automation Value Card or credit card) at: http://www.siemens. Downloads. you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. Just the same as our online offer in the Internet.siemens. Updates) as well as general information on Service and Technical Support. Tips and Tricks. This is how it’s done. English.com/automation/service&support Service & Support à la Card: Examples Technical Support “Priority” “24 h” “Extended” “System Utilities” “Applications” “Functions & Samples” Priority processing for urgent cases Availability round the clock Technical consulting for complex questions Tools that can be used directly for configuration. guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card. the Service & Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 languages (German. This CDROM contains all the latest product information at the time of production (FAQs.great support The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the comprehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation project. 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0 Small card . All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits. ■ Automation Value Card By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the Service & Support services being offered. Detailed information on the services offered is available on our Internet site at: http://www. Italian. transparent and safe. the PIN is covered by a scratch field. Spanish). Order no.com/automation/service&support in the Shop domain.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM For locations without online connections to the Internet there are excerpts of the free part of the information sources available on CD-ROM (Service & Support Knowledge Base).

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Subject index MICROMASTER 410 Page A AAOP (operator panel) AOP (operator panel) Applications Assignment table for options Automation Value Card B BOP (operator panel) BOP-2 (operator panel) Brake resistor (option) C CANopen module CE marking Certificates Chokes (options) Circuit diagrams Circuit-breaker (option) COMBIMASTER 411 (overview) Communications modules Compliance with standards Conditions of sale and delivery D Demonstration case Derating data Description (inverter) Description (options) Design DeviceNet module (option) Dimension drawings Docu pack Documentation Drive ES Drive ES software DriveMonitor E Electromagnetic compatibility EMC filter (option) Environment. resources and recycling Export regulations F Features Filter (option) Fuses (options) G Geared motors (overview) General circuit diagram Getting Started Guide I Installation height (derating) Integration with Drive ES International standards Internet (online services) L LC filter Line commutating chokes (option) 1/2 0/8 A/17 A/4 A/2 1/8 1/4 1/9 A/13 A/4 A/20 A/8 1/6 1/2 1/8 1/2 1/10 1/9 A/6 A/6 1/9 A/5 1/8 A/2 A/20 1/3 1/8 1/9 A/13 1/4 1/9 1/7 A/6 1/2 A/15 1/8 MICROMASTER 440 Page 4/22 4/22 4/2 0/8 A/17 4/22 4/17 4/22 A/4 A/2 4/17 4/4 4/18 A/13 4/22 A/4 A/20 A/8 4/7 4/2 4/12 4/2 4/22 4/26 4/25 4/25 A/6 A/6 4/22 A/5 4/16 A/2 A/20 4/3 4/16 4/18 A/13 4/4 4/25 4/8 A/6 4/2 A/15 4/17 4/16 M Main characteristics Mechanical features MICROMASTER 411 (overview) Motors (overview) N Notes on ordering O Online services OP (operator panel) Operating instructions Operating temperature (derating) Operator panels Options Ordering data (inverter) Ordering data (options) Output chokes (option) Overview P Parameter list Performance features PROFIBUS module (option) Protection features Pulse encoder evaluation module (option) Pulse frequency (derating) S Selection and ordering data (inverter) Selection and ordering data (options) Selection guide Service and support SIDEMO (demonstration case system) Siemens contacts worldwide Sinusoidal filter STARTER Start-up tools Support T Technical data (inverter) Technical data (options) Terminal connection diagram Terminal connection plates (option) Training U UL listing Update service for Drive ES V Variant dependent options Variant independent options 420 Page 2/16 2/16 2/2 0/8 A/17 2/16 2/16 A/4 A/2 2/13 2/4 2/14 A/13 2/16 A/4 A/20 A/8 2/7 2/2 2/9 2/2 2/16 2/18 2/17 2/17 A/6 A/6 2/15 A/5 2/12 A/2 A/20 2/3 2/12 2/14 A/13 2/4 2/17 2/7 A/6 2/2 A/15 2/13 2/13 430 Page 3/2 0/8 A/17 3/16 3/16 A/4 A/2 3/14 3/4 3/14 A/13 3/16 A/4 A/20 A/8 3/7 3/2 3/10 3/2 3/16 3/19 3/18 3/18 A/6 A/6 3/16 A/5 3/14 A/2 A/20 3/3 3/14 3/14 A/13 3/4 3/18 3/8 A/6 3/2 A/15 3/14 3/14 410 Page 1/2 1/3 A/13 A/12 A/19 A/15 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/8 1/7 1/8 0/6 1/9 1/3 1/3 1/6 420 Page 2/2 2/3 A/13 A/12 A/19 A/15 2/17 2/7 2/16 2/9 2/8 2/12 2/13 0/6 2/17 2/3 2/16 2/3 2/7 430 Page 3/2 3/3 A/13 A/12 A/19 A/15 3/18 3/7 3/16 3/10 3/9 3/14 3/14 0/7 3/18 3/3 3/16 3/3 3/7 440 Page 4/2 4/3 A/13 A/12 A/19 A/15 4/25 4/8 4/22 4/12 4/9 4/16 4/17 0/7 4/25 4/3 4/22 4/3 4/22 4/7 1/7 1/8 0/6 A/16 A/8 A/14 1/9 1/9 A/16 1/6 1/5 A/9 A/5 A/7 1/8 1/9 2/8 2/11 0/6 A/16 A/8 A/14 2/16 2/15 A/16 2/6 2/10 2/5 2/14 A/9 A/5 A/7 2/12 2/16 3/9 3/14 0/7 A/16 A/8 A/14 3/14 3/16 3/16 A/16 3/6 3/10 3/5 3/14 A/9 A/5 A/7 3/14 3/16 4/9 4/16 0/7 A/16 A/8 A/14 4/17 4/22 4/22 A/16 4/6 4/12 4/5 4/18 A/9 A/5 A/7 4/16 4/22 A A/18 Siemens DA 51.2 · 2005/2006 .

. 6SE6440-2UC.00-0AA0 6SE6400-2FA0.. 3/15 3/18 3/9 3/9 3/14 3/14 3/14 3/14 3/16 A/7 A/6 A/17 A/20 420 Page 2/14 2/14 A/8 A/17 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/14 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/12 2/12 2/13 2/12 2/13 2/13 2/13 2/17 2/8 2/8 2/8 2/8 2/8 2/16 A/7 A/6 A/17 A/20 440 Page 4/18. 6SE6410-2UB. index MICROMASTER 410 Page 3NA3. 4/19 4/17. 4/19 4/25 4/11 4/11 4/11 4/9 4/9 4/10 4/16 4/17 4/17 4/16 4/22 A/7 A/6 A/17 A/20 The last digit of the complete Order No.. 6SE6440-2AD.. 3/15 3/14.. 6SE6400-2FS0... 6AG1062-1AA. 4/20 4/18. 6SE6410-2UA.... 6SE6430-2UD. 6SE6420-2AC.. 6SE6420-2AB....2 · 2005/2006 A/19 . 6SE6400-3CC. 6SL3000-0BE3... 4/19 4/17...MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Order No... 6SE6420-2UD. 3/15 3/14.00-0AA0 6SE6400-0SP00-0AA0 6SE6400-1CB00-0AA0 6SE6400-1DN00-0AA0 6SE6400-1P.. 6SW1700-0J. 4/20 4/18. 6SE6410-2BB. 6SE6400-3TC. 1/8 1/8 A/8 A/17 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/8 1/8 1/9 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/9 A/7 A/6 A/17 A/20 ■ Notes on ordering Versions/variants 430 Page 3/14.. 6SL3000-2BE.. 6SL3000-2CE. 6SE6440-2UD. for the inverters represents the release version. 3VL.. 6SL3072-0AA0. 4/19 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/19 4/16. 6SE6400-4B. 6SE6400-2FL0.. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2 6ZB5310-0K.. 6ES7997-0B. 3NE1.. 6SE6400-3TD. 6SW1700-5J... 3/15 3/14. 6SE6400-5. 4/20 4/18. A Siemens DA 51.. 6SE6440-2AB. 6SE6430-2AD. 6SE6420-2UC. 6GK1500-0FC00 6SE6400-0AP00-0AA1 6SE6400-0AP00-0AB0 6SE6400-0BE00-0AA0 6SE6400-0BP00-0AA0 6SE6400-0DR00-0AA0 6SE6400-0EN00-0AA0 6SE6400-0GP00-0.A0 6SE6400-0MD00-0AA0 6SE6400-0P. When ordering. a different digit from the one specified may be present as a result of further technical development.. 6SE6440-2AC.. 4/20 A/8 A/17 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/22 4/18.. 6SE6440-2UE.... 3/15 3/14.. 4/19 4/17... 6SE6400-2FB0. 6SL3000-0CE3. 3RV10. 3/15 A/17 3/16 3/16 3/14 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/15 3/14.. 3/15 3/14. 6SE6420-2AD....

the quality and the conditions for supplies and services. For customers with a seat or registered office outside of Germany The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens. For software products. Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N” are subject to a US re-export authorization. Please note! The scope.03. the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. aluminum and/or copper. exclusive packaging. Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages. authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which the goods are to be used. any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities.05 Responsible for Technical contents: Siemens AG. Products marked other than “N” require an export license. Illustrations are not binding.2 · 2005/2006 Order No. Surcharges shall be charged based on the quantities of the materials which are contained in the relevant products. A&D PT 5. the “General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply.MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Appendix ■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the following terms. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization indicated on order confirmations.especially with regard to data. the “General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply. surcharges may be calculated if the respective limits of the notes are exceeded.g. plump. Products marked other than “N” are subject to a reexport license to specific countries. In the case of software products. “DEL-Notiz”) respectively. In addition to the prices of products which include silver. is decisive for the calculation of the surcharges. dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice. plump (“Blei in Kabeln”). The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. Therefore. Erlangen A Siemens AG Automation & Drives Standard Drives Postfach 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY A/20 Siemens DA 51.00 / 100 Kg and for chokes / transformers above EUR 150.0 E 120 En/622153 . the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to. According to current provisions.: E86060-K5151-A121-A5-7600 Printed in Germany KG K 1005 30. General The prices are in € (Euro) ex works. A&D/VuL/En 17. For customers with a seat or registered office in the Federal Republic of Germany The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry” shall apply. We will debit the prices valid at the time of delivery. source: German newspaper “Handesblatt” in category “deutsche Edelmetalle” and “Metallverarbeiter”) for silver (“verarbeitetes Silber”). the following export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog / price list: AL Number of the German Export List. Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. A&D SD S MP. For software products. ECCN Even without a label or with an “AL: N” or “ECCN: N”.00 / 100 kg. Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N” are subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. The dimensions are in mm. Export Control Classification Number. . aluminum (“Aluminium in Kabeln”) and copper (“Elektrolytkupfer”.: • 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0 (for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany) • 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0 (for customers based outside of the Federal Republic of Germany) or download them from the Internet: http://www. Surcharges of copper shall be calculated for Drives at a note (“DEL-Notiz”) above EUR 225. It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations.com/automation/mall (Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System) ■ Export regulations The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to European / German and/or US export regulations. including software products. by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice. Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are available free of charge from your local Siemens business office under the following Order Nos. The respective note (e. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. of the day the order or rather the on call order is received. In the case of software products.siemens. Erlangen General editing: Siemens AG. shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. delivery notes and invoices.

05 .A ST PC ST DA Process Instrumentation and Analytics Field Instruments for Process Automation Measuring Instruments for Pressure. BD2 up to 1250 A Low-Voltage Controlgear.siemens. Totally Enclosed.Catalogs of the Automation and Drives Group (A&D) Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed in the appendix or at www.3 DA 12 DA 21. BD01.2 System Solutions Applications and Products for Industry are part of the interactive catalog CA 01 TELEPERM M Process Control System PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112 PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. Components for the System Integration SIPAN Liquid Analysis FI 01 Catalog CA 01 Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Low-Voltage Switchgear – Controlgear for Industry Power Distribution – Products and Systems for Low-Voltage Power Distribution SIDAC reactors and filters NC 60 SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems CD.4 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems SIMATIC PCS Process Control System PDF: SIMATIC S5/505 Automation Systems Products for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System pc-based Automation SIMATIC Control Systems ST 45 ST 50 ST 70 ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7. Level and Temperature. Controllers and Software SIWAREX Weighing Systems Continuous Weighing and Process Protection Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PDF: Process Analytics. Flow.2 DA 51.2 D 21.11 DA 65.03.com/automation/partner Automation and Drives Interactive catalog on CD-ROM • The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE Drive Systems Variable-Speed Drives SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units.1 DA 21. Linear and Part-turn Actuators Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35 MP 35.1 D 21. Differential Pressure.2 DA 22 DA 45 DA 48 DA 51.3 DA 65. Switchgear and Systems Catalog LV 10 LV 30 LV 60 LV 70 LV 90 PM 10 Motion Control System SIMOTION MP 12 MP 20 MP 31 WT 01 WT 02 PA 10 PA 11 PA 20 ET A1 ET A3 ET A5 ET B1 ET D1 ET G1 FS 10 ST 80 IK PI SIPOS Electric Actuators Electric Rotary.1/. Positioners and Liquid Meters PDF: Indicators for panel mounting SIREC Recorders and Accessories SIPART.10 DA 65. Fan-Cooled Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE • Main Spindle Motors • Feed Motors • Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment Electrical Installation Technology ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and Distribution Boards PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks BETA Modular Installation Devices DELTA Switches and Outlets GAMMA Building Management Systems Factory Automation Sensors Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives HE 1 M 11 NC 60 D 11 D 11. SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units DC Motors SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems SIEMOSYN Motors MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Squirrel-Cage Motors.3 DA 63 DA 65. A&D/3U/En 02.1 KT 10.2 Systems Engineering Power supplies SITOP power System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.

Siemens AG Automation and Drives Standard Drives Postfach 31 80 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY www.siemens. E86060-K5151-A121-A5-7600 . An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract.com/micromaster Order No. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice.The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products.

2 • 2005/2006 .MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters Catalog DA 51.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful